Agenda Document Pack - Climate Change and Sustainability Committee - 28/02/2024
South Lanarkshire Council · 28 February 2024
Back to Climate Change and Sustainability Committee — 28 February 2024 and its agenda
Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.
Page 1
Council Offices, Almada Street Hamilton, ML3 0AA Tuesday, 20 February 2024 Dear Councillor Climate Change and Sustainability Committee The Members listed below are requested to attend a meeting of the above Committee to be held as follows:- Date: Wednesday, 28 February 2024 Time: 10:00 Venue: Hybrid - Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton, ML3 0AA The business to be considered at the meeting is listed overleaf. Yours sincerely Paul Manning Chief Executive Members Mark McGeever (Chair), Kirsten Robb (Depute Chair), Joe Fagan (ex officio), Alex Allison, John Anderson, Ralph Barker, Maureen Chalmers, Ross Clark, Margaret Cooper, Colin Dewar, Ross Gowland, Lynsey Hamilton, Gavin Keatt, Ross Lambie, Richard Lockhart, Katy Loudon, Julia Marrs, Monique McAdams, Lesley McDonald, Elaine McDougall, Carol Nugent, Mo Razzaq, John Ross, Graham Scott, Bert Thomson, Helen Toner, Margaret B Walker Substitutes Walter Brogan, Robert Brown, Andy Carmichael, Gerry Convery, Poppy Corbett, Andrea Cowan, Allan Falconer, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Elise Frame, Geri Gray, Martin Hose, Richard Nelson, David Watson 1
Page 2
BUSINESS 1 Declaration of Interests 2 Minutes of Previous Meeting Minutes of the meeting of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee held on 29 November 2023 submitted for approval as a correct record. (Copy attached) 5 - 10 Monitoring Item(s) 3 Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy Action Plan Quarter 2 Progress Report Report dated 8 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources). (Copy attached) 11 - 68 4 Good Food Strategy Update – Q2 2023/2024 Report dated 8 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources). (Copy attached) 69 - 94 Item(s) for Decision 5 The Biodiversity Strategy (2024 to 2030) and Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan (2024 to 2026) Report dated 8 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources). (Copy attached) 95 - 198 Item(s) for Noting 6 Update on Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy Report dated 8 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Housing and Technical Resources). (Copy attached) 199 - 204 7 Education Resources’ Sustainability Report Report dated 8 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Education Resources). (Copy attached) 205 - 212 8 Community Climate Action in South Lanarkshire Report dated 8 February 2024 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources). (Copy attached) 213 - 236 Urgent Business 9 Urgent Business Any other items of business which the Chair decides are urgent. For further information, please contact:- Clerk Name: Susan Somerville Clerk Telephone: 07557 323097 2
Page 3
Clerk Email: susan.somerville@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 3
Page 4
4
Page 5
CLIMATE CHANGE AND SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE Minutes of meeting held via Confero and in Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton on 29 November 2023 Chair: Councillor Mark McGeever Councillors Present: Councillor John Anderson, Councillor Ralph Barker, Councillor Andrea Cowan (substitute for Councillor Katy Loudon), Councillor Colin Dewar, Councillor Elise Frame (substitute for Councillor Julia Marrs), Councillor Ross Gowland, Councillor Lynsey Hamilton, Councillor Gavin Keatt, Councillor Ross Lambie, Councillor Richard Lockhart, Councillor Lesley McDonald, Councillor Elaine McDougall, Councillor Mo Razzaq, Councillor Kirsten Robb (Depute), Councillor Graham Scott, Councillor Helen Toner, Councillor Margaret B Walker Councillors' Apologies: Councillor Alex Allison, Councillor Maureen Chalmers, Councillor Ross Clark, Councillor Margaret Cooper, Councillor Joe Fagan (ex officio), Councillor Mark Horsham, Councillor Katy Loudon, Councillor Julia Marrs, Councillor Monique McAdams, Councillor Carol Nugent, Councillor John Ross, Councillor Bert Thomson Attending: Community and Enterprise Resources D Booth, Executive Director; K Allan, Sustainable Development Officer; J Birkin, Biodiversity Officer; A Brown, Head of Enterprise and Sustainable Development; F Carlin, Head of Planning and Regulatory Services; K Carr, Head of Facilities, Waste and Grounds; K McCafferty, Sustainable Development Officer (Funding); C Park, Head of Roads, Transportation and Fleet Services; A Wallace, Economic Development Officer; M Wilkie, Performance and Policy Development Manager Finance and Corporate Resources T Little, Head of Communications and Strategy; P MacRae, Administration Adviser; K McLeod, Administration Assistant Housing and Technical Resources J Forbes, Head of Property Services 1 Declaration of Interests No interests were declared. 2 Minutes of Previous Meeting The minutes of the meeting of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee held on 20 September 2023 were submitted for approval as a correct record. The Committee decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record. 3 Biodiversity Duty Report 2021 to 2023 A report dated 20 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) was submitted on the Council’s Biodiversity Duty Report for 2021 to 2023. 2 5
Page 6
The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 placed a duty on public bodies in Scotland to further the conservation of biodiversity. The Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 required every public body in Scotland to produce a publicly available report on compliance with the Biodiversity Duty. The reporting schedule was on a 3 yearly basis, covering activities in the preceding 3 years. The Council’s next report, which was due on 31 December 2023, covered activities completed in the calendar years 2021 to 2023 inclusive. The Council was a key member of the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership and had produced a Biodiversity Strategy which set out an agreed framework for furthering the conservation of biodiversity in South Lanarkshire. The new Biodiversity Strategy was due early 2024. The Biodiversity Duty Report 2021 to 2023, attached as Appendix 1 to the report, comprised the following 8 parts:- introduction governance actions to protect biodiversity and connect people with nature mainstreaming biodiversity/nature based solutions and climate change public engagement and workforce development research and monitoring biodiversity highlights and challenges contribution to biodiversity targets If approved, the report would be submitted to the Scottish Government by the statutory deadline and published on the Council’s website on 1 January 2024. Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. The Committee decided: that the Council’s statutory Biodiversity Duty Report for 2021 to 2023 be approved for submission to the Scottish Government. [Reference: Minutes of 4 November 2020 (Paragraph 4)] Councillors Gowland, Keatt, Lockhart and Toner joined the meeting during consideration of the above item of business 4 Public Bodies Climate Change Duties – Annual Report 2022/2023 A report dated 10 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) was submitted on the Council’s annual Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Compliance report for 2022/2023, as required under the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009. The report contained the following 6 sections:- organisational profile governance, management and strategy emissions, targets and projects adaptation procurement validation The purpose of each of those areas was summarised in the report. 6
Page 7
Highlights from the 2022/2023 annual report were provided in the Executive Director’s report and the annual report itself was attached as Appendix 1 to the report. If approved, the report would be published on the Council’s website and submitted to the Scottish Government by the required date of 30 November 2023. Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. The Committee decided: that the Council’s annual Public Bodies Climate Change Duties report for 2022/2023 be approved. [Reference: Minutes of 9 November 2022 (Paragraph 5)] 5 Making Space for Pollinators A report dated 10 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) was submitted providing an update on the work undertaken to expand the Council’s land use for pollinators. The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 placed a duty on public bodies in Scotland to further the conservation of biodiversity. The Scottish Government Pollinator Strategy for Scotland 2017 to 2027 set out how Scotland could continue to be a place where pollinators thrived. The Biodiversity Strategy and Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan provided a strategic focus for conservation work with inclusions that would contribute to fulfilling the objectives of the Pollinator Strategy for Scotland, focusing on making improvements to the way the Council’s land was managed. The Making Space for Pollinators report, attached as Appendix 1 to the report, was the Council’s first report summarising the work undertaken over a number of years to highlight ways in which native pollinators could be supported and enhanced. Over recent years, the Council had developed and improved 155 grassland sites for pollinators. The Council’s approach to grassland management to support a healthy and diverse population of pollinating species would be directed through the following objectives:- deliver the actions within the Biodiversity Strategy and Biodiversity Duty Implementation Report to benefit pollinators continue to manage wildflower grasslands and other habitats to promote biodiversity define, enhance and maintain nature networks throughout South Lanarkshire for pollinators where appropriate. Promote the restoration and creation of flower rich habitats in the countryside and in urban areas, linking to neighbouring and national networks continue to work with partners and communities, providing training, practical activities, events and monitoring to encourage community involvement. Encourage citizen science and other volunteer projects that would add value to existing monitoring schemes develop demonstration sites on public land, parks and Local Nature Reserves support the use and development of pollinator friendly pest control methods recognise the importance of brownfield sites and mange those to benefit pollinators raise awareness of the plight of pollinators and actions needed to help reverse species decline The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 7
Page 8
6 Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure A report dated 16 November 2023 by the Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) was submitted providing an update on the status of the Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure (EVCI) network across South Lanarkshire and the City Region. The Council had been installing and operating public EVCI for many years, with the first chargers installed and operational in 2010. The development of a network of chargers throughout the Council area had been mainly funded through Transport Scotland’s annual ChargePlace Scotland (CPS) grant, although other sources of funding had been utilised in recent years. 80 charge points were also provided as part of Project PACE during 2020/2021. The Council’s focus had been on the introduction of charging hubs, with the aim of all residents in South Lanarkshire to be living within a short distance of a hub with multiple charge points. To date, the Council had installed 153 publicly available dual outlet charge points across multiple hubs throughout the area. Appendix 1 detailed the location of charging hubs and information could be found via a website, as detailed in paragraph 3.4 to the report. In 2021, the Department for Transport advised all local authorities of the On-street Residential Chargepoint Scheme. This initiative was available for local authorities to bid for funding to provide on-street electric vehicle charging points in residential streets. Following successful bids, 12 on-street residential points had been installed throughout the Council area. During the early phases of implementation, there was an expectation by Transport Scotland that there would be no tariffs for the users of any EVCI. This was to help support a wider uptake of electric vehicles. However, the costs of the electricity consumed, along with ongoing maintenance costs, created an unsustainable pressure on Council budgets and, in November 2022, a tariff for the use of the EVCI network was introduced to cover the costs associated with operating the network. Details of the initial charging tariff and the revised charging tariff were outlined in the report. Also detailed, was the usage since the initial charging tariff was introduced to date which showed a significant reduction. In 2022/2023, Transport Scotland launched the Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Fund (EVIF) to support the expansion of the network. This funding covered a 4-year period, with funding for the 2022/2023 financial year allocated to developing a strategy and expansion plan. The strategy identified future infrastructure requirements, locations for new charge points and commercial options to achieve this. The Council, together with the 7 other local authorities that formed the Glasgow City Region (GCR), had pooled resources to develop individual strategies which fed into a regional report. Over the last 6 months, a Senior Officers’ Group had been guiding the next steps in terms of the GCR network expansion. This included the interpretation of feasibility reports, assessment of risk, skills and resources available, financial matters and engagement directly with the private sector. The proposed next steps would be to explore a collaborative concessionary model and the City Region and Senior Officers’ Group would:- actively engage with other city regions and localities that had already established joint local authority models to fully inform the process and the resources they required to establish their model engage with Transport Scotland to explore the use of the Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Fund (EVIF) to establish the proposed approach work with Scottish Futures Trust and Transport Scotland to identify the specific skills and resourcing that would be required to develop such a commercial model and set out options of where those could be secured 8
Page 9
There followed a full discussion during which officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 7 Urgent Business There were no items of urgent business. 9
Page 10
10
Page 11
Agenda Item Report to: Climate Change and Sustainability Committee Date of Meeting: 28 February 2024 Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) Subject: Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy Action Plan: Quarter 2 Progress Report 1. Purpose of Report 1.1. The purpose of the report is to: - [ present the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy Quarter 2 Progress Report 2022/2023, for the period 1 April 2023 to 30 September 2023 2. Recommendations 2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendations: - (1) that the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy Action Plan Quarter 2 Progress Report 2022/2023 be noted. 3. Background 3.1. The Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-27 was approved by the Council on 15 June 2022. The Strategy sets out how the Council aims to develop sustainably and tackle the climate change emergency over a five-year period, whilst also providing a broad strategic direction for longer term planning to help deliver on the agreed outcomes and contribute to achieving a longer-term vision. 3.2. The Action Plan for 2022-2027 was approved at the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in February 2023. 3.3. Progress against these actions will be monitored using IMPROVe and reported to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee at Quarter 2 and Quarter 4 from this year onwards. 3.4. Delivery of actions within these strategies provides the main focus for the sustainable development activity and also enables the Council to fulfil its duties under the Local Government (Scotland) Act 2003, the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 and the Council’s contribution to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. 3.5. Progress on all objectives, actions and measures as at Quarter 2 1 April 2023 – 30 September 2023 is set out in Appendix 1. All data and comments included in the Appendix are correct as of 24 January 2024. 4. Sustainable Development Strategy 2022-2027 Quarter 2 Update 4.1. The Action Plan progress report comes in two parts; the first part contains performance/contextual measures towards the Strategy’s outcomes, and the second 3 11
Page 12
part contains improvement actions for each of the themes within the Strategy. 4.2. Part One - Performance Measures The overall summary of performance measures at the end of Quarter 2 is as follows: Total number of performance/ contextual measures 21 Status – Green The timescale or target has been met as per expectations. 2 (10%) Status – Amber There has been minor slippage against timescale or minor shortfall against target. 1 (4%) Status - Red There has been major slippage against timescale or major shortfall against target. 0 Reportable at a later stage For some measures, the statistics are not yet available to allow us to report whether the target has been reached or not. These will be reported when available 4 (20%) Contextual The contextual measures provide a health check for South Lanarkshire. The council’s activities contribute to these measures, however there are many factors that could influence these measures which are not fully within the council’s scope. 14 (66%) 4.3. Areas for Improvement There are 0 measures marked as ‘red’. There is 1 ‘amber’ action where minor slippage was reported at Quarter 2. Further justification for this delay, and associated management actions, are included within Appendix 1. 4.4. Part Two – Improvement Actions Total number of improvement actions 111 Status - Blue Action Complete 8 (7%) Status – Green The timescale or target has been met as per expectations 80 (73%) Status – Amber There has been minor slippage against timescale or minor shortfall against target 8 (7%) Status - Red There has been major slippage against timescale or major shortfall against target 0 Reportable at a later stage For some measures, the statistics are not yet available to allow us to report whether the target has been reached or not. These will be reported when available 15 (13%) 4.5. Areas for Improvement There are no measures marked as ‘red’. There are 8 ‘amber’ actions where minor slippage was reported at Quarter 2. Six of these actions’ categorisation relates to revision of timescales for the delivery of associated plans, guides, and strategies. One action’s categorisation relates to the Council-wide website redesign currently under review; and the final one relates to the slight delay in implementation of a new app in schools which is now due later this month. Further justification for these delays, and associated management actions, are included within Appendix 1. 12
Page 13
4.6. Key Highlights Progress on all objectives, actions and measures is set out in Appendix 1. Some of the key achievements for Q2, are noted below: Climate Change Learn online modules have been completed by 1364 employees since being introduced in 2023 43 schools currently hold Green Flag awards, with 9 further schools progressing through the assessment framework The Council’s direct carbon emissions reduced by 2.3% compared with 2019- 20, with the Council’s indirect carbon emissions reducing by 38% compared with 2019-20 Installation of 13 dual outlet EV charge points within on-street residential areas. £75,000 of the Climate Emergency Community Grants for 2023-24 has been fully allocated with projects underway Chatelherault allotment site opened in Summer 2023 with an increase of 64 plot holders funded by the Council’s Food Strategy Fund New tender scoring approach introduced for all regulated procurement which sees an increased weighting on environmental sustainability 5. Employee Implications 5.1. All Resources are required to contribute to the implementation of the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy to ensure that actions and targets are met. Officers within the Sustainable Development and Climate Change team monitor and report the Council’s progress, however there are officers from all Resources who have responsibility for updating and owning the actions noted within the IMPROVe action plan. 6. Financial Implications 6.1. The actions detailed in the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy and associated action plan are funded from existing Resource budgets, however the scale and pace of action needed to meet climate change targets and address the current climate crisis will require significant capital investment and is likely to require external funding and investment. The delivery of the Strategy may help leverage for additional funding and investment, however alternative financing models are also being explored. 7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 7.1. The Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy contributes towards the Public Sector Climate Change Duties, the Biodiversity Duty, and the UN Sustainable Development Goals. 8. Other Implications 8.1. The Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy has been assessed as part of the Council’s risk management arrangements and relevant issues have been added to the Resource Risk Registers. 9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements 9.1. An Equality Impact Assessment and Fairer Scotland Duty impact assessment have been carried out on the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy. 9.2. Public and stakeholder consultation was undertaken during the development of the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy. 13
Page 14
David Booth Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 8 February 2024 Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes Values Focused on people and their needs. Working with and respecting others Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent Ambitious, self-aware and improving Fair, open and sustainable Priorities We will work to put people first and reduce inequality. We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places. We will work to recover, progress and improve. Outcomes Our children and young people thrive. Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live. Thriving business, fair jobs and vibrant town centres Caring, connected, sustainable communities. People live the healthiest lives possible. Inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening partnerships Previous References South Lanarkshire Council report on 15 June 2022 entitled ‘Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-2027’ Climate Change and Sustainability Committee report on 31 August 2022 entitled ‘Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-2027’ List of Background Papers The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2017-2022 Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-2027 UN’s Sustainable Development Goals Contact for Further Information If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact: - Kirsten Allan, Sustainable Development Officer Email: Kirsten.Allan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 14
Page 15
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 19 Feb 15:16 Quarter 2 : 2023/24 - April to September Appendix 1 Performance Report 3 15
Page 16
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 19 Feb 15:16 Page 2 of 3 16
Page 17
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 19 Feb 15:1617
Page 18
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 19 Feb 15:16 Summary (Section 1) - number of Quantitative Measures green, amber and red under each Sustainable Development Theme Sustainable Development Theme Green Amber Red Report later / Contextual Total People 0 0 0 4 4 Place and Communities 0 0 0 13 13 Natural Environment (Planet) 1 0 0 1 2 A Green Economy (Planet) 1 1 0 0 2 Total 2 1 0 18 21 Summary (Section 2) - number of Improvement Actions complete, green, amber and red under each Sustainable Development Theme Sustainable Development Theme Complete Green Amber Red Report later Total People 2 19 2 0 3 26 Place and Communities 0 35 4 0 12 51 Natural Environment (Planet) 2 8 1 0 0 11 A Green Economy (Planet) 4 19 0 0 0 23 Total 8 81 7 0 15 111 Page 1 of 52 18
Page 19
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy - Section 1: Performance Measures The following section provides performance and contextual measures for each of the themes in the strategy. The performance measures highlights progress towards each of the outcomes. The contextual measures provide a health check; however, these are not fully in the scope of influence for the Council. Page 2 of 52 19
Page 20
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures People Contribute to improving health and wellbeing through environmental protection and access to environmental benefits for all Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Number of Environmental Volunteering days Numbers are not collated until the year end, and will be reported in quarter four. Report Later 2,000 ------ 2,380 4,168 5,212 Progress climate justice and ensure the transition to net-zero by 2045 does not exacerbate poverty or inequalities Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Fuel poverty percentage in South Lanarkshire Estimates relating to local authority area fuel poverty rates are compiled from the Scottish Household Condition Survey. The report published in April 2023 is based on a reduced set of indicators that does not include the fuel poverty figure previously reported. The closest indicator is extreme fuel poverty which is 9.4%. Extreme fuel poverty is measured where more than 20% of a household income after housing costs is spent on fuel (Office for National Statistics 2023). Contextual ------ 9.4% 22.0% 22.0% ------ Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate emergency across South Lanarkshire Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Number of council employees who have completed the Learn on Line Climate Change modules Since it was introduced this year the Climate Change Learn on Line modules have been completed by 1,364 employees. Contextual ------ 1,364 ------ ------ 1,354 Encourage schools to achieve eco school status 43 South Lanarkshire Council establishments currently hold eco school status with 9 schools submitting actions plans and awaiting assessment. Contextual ------ 43 ------ ------ 35 Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Page 3 of 52 20
Page 21
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Proportion of journeys made by foot in South Lanarkshire Figures reported here are taken from Transport Scotland’s Transport and Travel in Scotland document published in April 2023 using data from the Scottish Household Survey 2021. 20% of journeys were made by foot in South Lanarkshire in 2021 (compared to 29.6% nationally) Where a journey involves more than one mode of transport (e.g. a bus, then a train), the main mode is defined as the one used for the longest stage (in distance). Contextual ------ 20.0% ------ ------ ------ Percentage of trips being made by bike There were 0% of journeys made by cycle in 2021. Nationally this was 2% Note: where a journey involves more than one mode of transport (e.g. a bus, then a train) the main mode is defined as the one used for the longest stage (in distance). (Figures taken from Transport Scotland’s Transport and Travel in Scotland document published in April 2023 using data from the Scottish Household Survey 2021. However, this figure is based on a small sample size due to Covid 19 pandemic impacts). Contextual ------ 0.0% ------ ------ ------ Proportion of journeys that are made by bus and rail There were 4% of journeys made by bus and rail in 2021. Nationally this was 5% Note: where a journey involves more than one mode of transport (e.g. a bus, then a train), the main mode is defined as the one used for the longest stage (in distance). (Figures taken from Transport Scotland’s Transport and Travel in Scotland document published in April 2023 using data from the Scottish Household Survey 2021 – Local Authority Table 16 - Main Mode of Travel) Contextual ------ 4.0% ------ ------ ------ Page 4 of 52 21
Page 22
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Mode share of school children traveling by active or public transport (Annual national 'Hands Up' Survey) Figures reported here are taken from Sustrans Annual National Hands Up Survey published in May 2023 using data from 2022. 59.9% of children travelled to school by active or public transport during 2022 (excluding nursery). 37.3% walked, 3% cycled, 2.6% travelled by scooter/skate and 17% travelled by bus. Nationally, in 2022 and 2021, 65.2% and 64.8% of school children travelled by active or public transport (respectively) - an increase of 0.4% over the year. Contextual ------ 59.9% 59.8% 59.0% 59.9% Mode share of adults traveling to work or education by active or public transport (Scottish Household Survey) There were 24% of adult travelling to work by active or public transport in 2021. (12% walked, 6% travelled by bus and 6% travelled by rail (0% cycled)) This is a slight increase of 3% when compared to 2019 data which was 21%. (7% walked, 1% cycled, 4% by bus and 9% by rail) Nationally in 2021 and 2019 these figures were 27% and 30% showing a 3% decrease. However, it is likely that the 2021 data will have been affected by the changes to travel patterns caused by the Covid-19 pandemic. (Figures taken from Transport Scotland’s Transport and Travel in Scotland document published in April 2023 using data from the Scottish Household Survey 2021 - Local Authority Table 1 - Employed adults (aged 16+) not working from home - usual method of travel to work) Contextual ------ 24.0% 21.0% 24.0% 24.0% Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use of natural resources and regenerate where appropriate Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Carbon emissions in tonnage for South Lanarkshire: emissions within scope of Local Authority. (figures from BEIS with a 2-year lag) Annual data is published by the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero (previously BEIS). It has a two-year lag therefore this figure (1,203.9 kt CO2e) relates to carbon emissions for 2021. Contextual ------ ------ 1,263.2 1,203.9 ------ Page 5 of 52 22
Page 23
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use of natural resources and regenerate where appropriate Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Percentage reduction on area-wide emissions compared to previous year: emissions within scope of Local Authority (figures from BEIS with a 2-year lag) Annual data is published by the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero (previously BEIS). Area-wide emissions increased by 10% in calendar year 2021 compared to 2020. Figures for this period have been impacted by the Covid 19 pandemic. Contextual ------ ------ -9.2% 10.0% ------ Per capita: emission within scope of Local Authority (figures from BEIS with a 2-year lag) Annual data is published by the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero (previously BEIS). Data (3.7 tCO2e) is for calendar year 2021. Contextual ------ ------ 3.40 3.70 ------ Achieve zero direct emissions from Council operations (buildings and fleet fossil fuels) by 2038 The council’s direct carbon emissions (32,869 carbon tonnes) for financial year 2022-23 reduced by 2.3% compared with baseline year 2019-20. Contextual 0.0 ------ ------ ------ 32,869.0 Reduce indirect emissions from Council carbon footprint (electricity, household waste and staff travel) The council’s indirect carbon emissions for financial year 2022-23 (20,685 carbon tonnes) reduced by 38% compared with baseline year 2019-20. The reduction is partly due to the national carbon conversions factors for electricity, gas and waste which are significantly lower than the 2019-20 factors. The amounts of waste being sent to landfilled decreased with more waste processed at the Energy from Waste (EfW) facility. Emissions associated with staff travel also decreased due to low emissions vehicles and agile working. Contextual ------ ------ ------ ------ 20,685.0 Occurrence/reduction of flood events In 2022 there were 1,054 recorded flooding incidents in South Lanarkshire. The majority of these incidents were relatively minor category 1 or 2 occurrences. However, 8.9% of incidents resulted in flooding of residential and/or commercial property. In the same period, there have been three Category 4 incidents of river flooding. Contextual ------ ------ 1,214 705 1,054 Percentage of Council dwellings that are meeting the Energy Efficiency Standard for Social Housing (EESSH 2032) The 2025 and 2032 EESSH Milestones have been suspended as the Scottish Government are reviewing the EESSH2 standards to strengthen and realign the standard with the target for net zero heat in houses from 2045. Report Later ------ ------ 93.88% 98.64% ------ Page 6 of 52 23
Page 24
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures Place and Communities Empower communities to take climate action and be more environmentally sustainable Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Increase in the overall number of food growing participants on Council land including schools, care homes, housing area and areas managed by community groups or third-party organisations This will not be reported until survey for the annual report is due later on in 2024. A survey is currently being prepared and will be issued to food growing groups by February 2024, the collated response will be available in March 2024. Report Later ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Natural Environment (Planet) Improve the availability and access to quality outdoor spaces and services Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Percentage of streets found to be acceptable during Litter Monitoring System Survey The Litter Monitoring System (LMS) is a statutory requirement and involves external validation by Keep Scotland Beautiful. It is reported via the Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF). In 2021-22, South Lanarkshire Council continued to score higher than the Scottish average, with 92.10% of streets surveyed found to be of an acceptable standard. This is down slightly from 94.05% in 2020-21. The LMS results for 2022-23 will be reported as part of the LGBF framework in early 2024. An update will be provided at quarter three. Report Later 92.1% ------ 94.1% 92.1% ------ Retain Green Flag accreditation at Strathaven Park, Cambuslang Park and Castlebank Park We retained green flag status for all three parks again. Work has started on the revised action plan following judges' comments. One of our employees who maintains Strathaven park was awarded joint employee of the year by Keep Scotland Beautiful. Green 3 3 3 3 3 A Green Economy (Planet) Lead the transition to a circular economy and improve resource efficiency through responsible consumption and production, and buying and selling of local goods and services Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Page 7 of 52 24
Page 25
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Performance Measures A Green Economy (Planet) Lead the transition to a circular economy and improve resource efficiency through responsible consumption and production, and buying and selling of local goods and services Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years --------------------- This Year ------------- Percentage of total household waste that is recycled This measure is reported per calendar year and the latest figures relate to the period from April to June 2023 (48%). The year to date figure reflects performance from January to June 2023 (44.24%). This remains below the target of 50%. Performance in April to June 2023 (48%) is an improvement on the same quarter in 2022 (45.08%). The new bulky waste contract continues to increase the quantities of bulky waste being recycled. Performance will continue to be closely monitored. Amber 50.00% 44.24% 40.50% 41.50% 41.20% Percentage of household waste sent to landfill This measure is reported per calendar year and the latest figures relate to the period from April to June 2023. The year to date figure reflects performance from January to June 2023 (1.45%). This remains well below the target to stay under 10%. Performance in April to June 2023 (1.52%) is slightly more than the same quarter in 2022 (1.48%). Green 10.0% 1.5% 9.7% 8.7% 1.8% Page 8 of 52 25
Page 26
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy - Section 2: Improvement Actions The following section provides improvement actions that contribute towards meeting the outcomes in each theme for this financial year. Page 9 of 52 26
Page 27
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Contribute to improving health and wellbeing through environmental protection and access to environmental benefits for all Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Safeguard health by improving air quality Implement grant funded air quality measures during 2023-24 to support the Air Quality Action Plan and continue to maintain and publicise both real time and historical air quality monitoring results. The annual air quality progress report has been completed and accepted by Scottish Government. SEPA have also reviewed and accepted the Progress Report.The findings of the report shows an overall downward trend in the measured concentrations of the main pollutants of concern. Scottish Government and SEPA both agree with the revocation of the Lanark Air Quality Management Area as well as the proposal to review the Whirlies and Rutherglen Air Quality Management Areas. Work is ongoing to deliver the various projects which have received Scottish Government funding as well as Smarter Choices, Smarter Places funding support. Monitoring equipment continues to be utilised as funded by the Local Air Quality Management. Vehicle emission testing events have been run over the summer months and the engine idling campaign work has commenced alongside the new academic year to continue our focus on idling outside schools. Action planning work is also ongoing with EcoStars, BetterPoints, WALKCYCLE4AIR, Beat the Street Clydesdale and Walk to School projects being some of the projects supported through these funding streams. Green Page 10 of 50 27
Page 28
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Contribute to improving health and wellbeing through environmental protection and access to environmental benefits for all Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Identify and manage contaminated land within the statutory regulatory framework Implement the Contaminated Land Strategy and support the Planning Authority in relation to development applications. Historical land use has left its legacy within some parts of South Lanarkshire. Clyde Gateway regeneration within the Rutherglen area, re-development of the former Signify site in Hamilton and Cuningar Loop are examples of such sites within South Lanarkshire. Part of the work of Environmental Services is to work in partnership with planning and development control colleagues to ensure sites with contamination issues are identified and any contamination issues addressed. The review of site investigations, remediation proposals as well as final verification of remediation works form part of that work. Vacant and derelict land, especially historical landfill sites, are reviewed as part of the contaminated land work with an overarching ambition to bring such sites into sustainable and beneficial use for the communities we serve. Green Incorporate the risk of heat and overheating in Include the risk of heat and overheating in the corporate severe weather scorecard with relevant mitigation measures This has been included during the review of the council's top risks 2023-24. Green the corporate risk register Ensure that heat and overheating is incorporated in each Resource's risk scorecard Resource risk sponsors have included the impact of heat and overheating in their risk score cards and risk registers. Green Page 11 of 50 28
Page 29
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Contribute to improving health and wellbeing through environmental protection and access to environmental benefits for all Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Promote healthy and local sustainable food including Fairtrade products to Council employees and South Lanarkshire residents Support campaigns promoting healthy and local sustainable food and share good practices. Campaigns promoting sustainable food including from the national initiative Love Food Hate Waste are regularly shared on Council social media. Green Continue to administer and monitor the Food Strategy Support Fund Ensure project delivery and outcomes achieved by March 2024. £0.277m of the £0.300m has been committed, with the breakdown of projects as follows: •£205,000 to provide a new allotment site in the Hamilton area. The Chatelherault site is complete and fully occupied. •£15,000 to develop additional growing space at Richmond Allotment. Work started onsite and is due to complete late in the year. •£5,000 for Unpaid Work Service Garden Project (Social Work)-project ongoing. •£20,000 for the Food Strategy Community Grants were allocated to groups in 2022-23. •£32,500 to five other projects which were approved for funding in financial year 2021-22. The remaining £23,000 was returned to Corporate Finance as a result of a savings exercise. Green Page 12 of 50 29
Page 30
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Progress climate justice and ensure the transition to net-zero by 2045 does not exacerbate poverty or inequalities Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status PHD student from Glasgow Caledonian University will undertake a study to assess impact of climate change on South Lanarkshire communities. The PHD student will submit a proposal and methodology which will be internally assessed by the supervisory panel by March 2024. The PhD student is currently working on a literature review and is on track to submit their project proposal and methodology by March 2024. Green Support the households within the South Lanarkshire Council area that are in, or are susceptible to being in, fuel poverty Use the datasets available via the Scottish Government and the Energy Savings Trust's Home Analytics tool to identify properties where residents are in or are susceptible to poverty. The findings will be used to prioritise investment and support energy efficiency measures. Analysis on fuel poor areas has been undertaken through the development of the LHEES strategy. Target areas and proposed actions will be detailed in the LHEES delivery plan which is due to go out to consultation in February 2024. Report Later Investigate options to replace fossil fuel heating systems within our domestic properties Carry out a review of the Air Source Heat Pumps (ASHP) installation programme in our domestic properties by March 2024 The priority in the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) strategy is for a fabric first approach to energy efficiency with longer term targets to replace fossil fuel heating systems. The LHEES delivery plan will look at potential heat network zones for decarbonisation as well as properties which are in ‘Category 1’, i.e. those properties which already meet the required criteria for immediate potential for heat pump retrofit. The Scottish Government are currently consulting on a new Social Housing Net Zero Standard in Scotland so the options to replace fossil fuel heating systems within our domestic properties, and the timescales in which to do so, will need to be reviewed following the adoption of the new standard for social housing.A comparison of the costs of running an ASHP against a gas boiler is nearing conclusion and will be reported at a later date. Report Later Page 13 of 50 30
Page 31
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Progress climate justice and ensure the transition to net-zero by 2045 does not exacerbate poverty or inequalities Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Carry out feasibility work to assess the financial implications to a household as a result of decarbonisation of heat to their home by March 2024 Following the adoption of the new standard for social housing, and in conjunction with the delivery of our LHEES, further work will be required to develop a programme to ensure compliance with the standard by the timescales set by the Government. Report Later Page 14 of 50 31
Page 32
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Progress climate justice and ensure the transition to net-zero by 2045 does not exacerbate poverty or inequalities Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Identify and support the development of initiatives to tackle food poverty and food security Work in partnership with the Community Planning Partnership organisations and community food organisations to reduce the reliance on food banks by prioritising access to emergency financial assistance, money advice and access to holistic support services Following the publication of the national plan “Cash-First- towards ending the need for food banks in Scotland” in June 2023, the Council applied to the Scot.Gov Cash First Fund to deliver “the Financial Wellbeing Support Fund – Cash First” pilot project. The project, led by Money Matter Advice Services, aimed to support 4,250 households by facilitating Cash First payments and offering wide support thanks to a partnership approach. Community Planning Partners, Citizen Advice Bureaux, food banks and other community food organisations were consulted to develop the proposal. The application was unsuccessful preventing the development of a partnership approach. However, Money Matter Advice Service are providing £50 cash payments by developing their own Cash-First Scheme. A community networking event including community food organisations was organised by the Community Engagement Team during the Challenge Poverty Week in October 2023. Information from the Council leaflet "Money is not the only problem" including information on food and healthy eating is regularly published on Council social media. The online map of places where free or affordable food can be found in the Council area has been updated and is available on the Council website. Green Page 15 of 50 32
Page 33
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Progress climate justice and ensure the transition to net-zero by 2045 does not exacerbate poverty or inequalities Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Promote the weather-related warnings and advice provided by the Met Office and SEPA to support individual and community preparedness Cascade Met Office and SEPA warnings and advice via council social media in real time through the council's Public Communications Team Alerts issued where appropriate. Green Localise the UN's global Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and integrate with South Lanarkshire's Community Plan The Community Planning Partnership will map the SDGs to the community plan related Statutory Partnership Plans and agree local targets and indicators by March 2024 A short-term Climate Change and Sustainable Development working group was established to map and align the Community Planning Partnership (CPP) priorities to the UN Sustainable Development Goals. The first stage of this work has been completed and reported to the CPP Board on 7 June 2023. A toolkit has been developed and the next stage is to train Thematic Group Leads, a workshop will be held on the 31st January 2024. Green Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Mainstream sustainability and climate literacy learning and development across the Council Review the learning and development options we currently deliver to identify where sustainability and climate literacy could feature by September 2023. We will continue to review opportunities for embedding climate change and sustainability into existing training with learning and development teams. As of September 2023, the Sustainability Team have delivered training on Sustainability Leadership to participants on the Management Development Programme and have overseen delivery of the Climate Literacy programme to 81 officers and managers and 44 Elected Members. Green Page 16 of 50 33
Page 34
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Develop a climate emergency training package for all employees including a learn online module by September 2023 KSB Climate Literacy E-learning module is now available to staff on Learn on Line. Complete Deliver climate literacy training to elected members by September 2023. 30 Elected Members attended a workshop with KSB in January 2023. KSB climate literacy training was available to all Elected Members and was delivered in summer 2023. 14 Elected Members attended the climate literacy training, with 6 going on to complete the assessment and receive Climate Literacy accreditation. Complete Develop and implement a robust communications plan for promoting and raising awareness of the vision, themes and priorities of the sustainable development and Work with the council’s corporate communications team to develop a 2023-24 communications plan, by April 2023. This will include the promotion of key campaigns throughout the year, for example, Climate Week At the Corporate Management Team meeting on 26 January 2023, it was agreed that climate change would be added to the list of permanent communications campaigns for the Council. In June 2023 a corporate Campaign Lead was identified, and the Climate Change and Sustainability (CCS) Team are working with the Campaign Lead to develop a Communications Plan. Whilst the Plan has not been developed, communications and campaigns have continued throughout the year. Amber Page 17 of 50 34
Page 35
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status climate change strategy Implement the agreed communications plan and prepare articles, including case studies, to communicate success stories and achievements and inspire further positive action Regular articles and good news stories have been prepared and shared across council media including 17 Sustainable Development Goals community case studies for the Community Planning Partnership website. A dedicated Sustainable Development Goals section has been embedded in the Community Planning Website, this features 17 case studies relating to each of the SDGs highlighting some of the community-led climate action work happening across South Lanarkshire. Localising the SDGs in this way helps to promote the 17 goals as a guiding visual and theoretical framework, identifying the co-benefits of climate action and wider community priorities; for example, a clothes swap shops which supports a circular economy also helps to destigmatising the use of pre-loved clothes and help tackle poverty, as highlighted by Goal 12: Responsible Consumption and Production. Regular news articles and good news stories have been prepared and shared across council social media in order to raise awareness, inspire and influence positive behaviour change. Green Redesign the new Council website and intranet to ensure sustainability and climate change information is easily accessed The redesign of the Council website, intranet and galaxy sites is being reviewed as part of the 2024/25 service planning process. Once a decision is agreed on the way forward, sustainable web design will be considered as part of this process. Amber Further embed sustainable development and climate change into the council’s decision-making process Develop and pilot a sustainable development decision-making tool to be applied to proposed projects and initiatives presented to the Corporate Management Team and Committee for approval by the March 2024 This is ongoing. Sustainability Impact Assessments have been developed for revenue and capital projects currently and will be trialled in early 2024. Green Page 18 of 50 35
Page 36
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Deliver town centre visioning at a local level Complete town centre visioning study by end June 2023 and present final visioning strategy to Community and Enterprise Resources Committee in November 2023 Work complete and appropriate reporting in conjunction with masterplan work being considered. Green Empower learners to shape and influence action on climate change and sustainability through the youth forum Continue to support the Youth Forum on Climate Change and Sustainability to ensure Young People’s voices are represented on appropriate council matters relating to this subject area The youth forum meets every four weeks and has embarked on projects such as a COS2 event, teach the teacher programme, a recycling pilot in two high schools, development of the Jump app, and surveys to share best practice as well as attending council committees to update on the voice of the young person. Green Improve carbon footprint of all school communities Introduce an app to all secondary schools to monitor and improve behaviours linked to climate change and sustainability. We are currently developing the Jump app along with the Youth Forum to address all areas of climate change and sustainability. We will undertake a pilot of the Jump app within schools, beginning in February 2024, with progress being reported at Q4. Green Page 19 of 50 36
Page 37
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Embed sustainability in the curriculum across all Education establishments Develop resources and peer learning programmes for all schools. Utilise national resources, such as HGIOS module on sustainability, within all schools by January 2024 The 'How good is our school' module on sustainability is aligned closely to the Resource Plan priority on 'empowering learners to shape and influence actions on climate change and sustainability'. The Primary Science, STEM, and Sustainability Development Officer, provides continuous assistance to teachers and schools in relation to Learning for Sustainability. This involves offering guidance on integrating sustainability principles into learning and establishing meaningful connections with the curriculum. Gillian disseminates widely shared monthly newsletters containing national updates on Learning for Sustainability, featuring resources from organisations such as Scotdec and Wosdec. On 18th January, both primary and secondary head teachers will be given an update from Gillian Reilly, wherein she will provide revised guidance on the recently launched Learning for Sustainability Action Plan, officially introduced in December 2023. Green Page 20 of 50 37
Page 38
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Work with our communities to provide programmes and opportunities to increase sustainability awareness and action Provide access to adult learning opportunities which raise awareness on climate change A range of projects have been developed and delivered to support adult learners engage with climate change and sustainable practices. Such projects include the Adult Learning Teams Eco Box Project, a 6-week programme supporting learners to consider eco-friendly approaches within the house and also as a cost saving exercise to address cost of living challenges. Participants are provided with a box of resources and recipe cards to make a range of home-made, unharmful to the environment, cleaning products from household items. In addition to this, they have researched and developed knowledge about energy saving, and eco friendly tips such as drying laundry in higher parts of the house where the house is naturally warmer, capturing rainwater to use in the garden, monitoring energy use and switching off lights and turning heating down in rooms that are not used as often. This work is supporting learners to consider and act upon their impact on the environment as well as supporting them access wider services offered. In East Kilbride at Universal Connections, the Nowhere to Grow? is providing a space for adult learners to build raised planters from pallets, grow flowers and vegetables, providing a community vegetable garden providing food for themselves and for others. These and other projects are helping adult learners to participate in activities that are helping them to understand the changes needed in daily life to lessen their carbon footprint and live in a more sustainable way. Green Page 21 of 50 38
Page 39
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions People Influence change through improving the understanding of Sustainable Development and the Climate Emergency across South Lanarkshire Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Promote the Environmental and Sustainability Learning Programmes and Awards delivered across the authority Learners are supported to access awards such as the John Muir Award as well as increase understanding of environmental issues, through participating in outdoor learning opportunities delivered through the Youth, Family and Community Learning (YFCL) Awards Team and the network of Universal Connections facilities and YFCL projects. This work is underpinned by the South Lanarkshire Youth Strategy as well as the Learning for Sustainability Action Plan that has recently been launched. Using the Young Scot Web Portal, we are currently working with the SLC Youth Forum on Climate Change and Sustainability as well as Facility Services to promote activity and opportunities for young people to engage in, both within their schools and wider communities. Such activity includes the use of an app to log sustainability activity that is to be piloted, and also the promotion of school meals and the involvement of young people in menu development and promotion, taking account of both the environment and sustainability. Members of the SLC Youth Forum on Climate Change and Sustainability, along with members of South Lanarkshire Youth Council and Scottish Youth Parliament, recently held a development session with the Community Planning Board to discuss their ideas and developments, as well as to inform the board of wider challenges faced by young people and ways in which they can work together to progress sustainability. Green Page 22 of 50 39
Page 40
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Encourage active travel by extending our network of walking and cycle routes Continue the design and implementation of various cycle routes in towns and villages throughout South Lanarkshire and consult key stakeholders throughout the project stages. We completed a public engagement exercise to shape our designs for Phase 1.4 of the East Kilbride Cycle Network. This section of network consists of completing the cycle route along West Mains Road connecting Churchill Avenue with EK Train Station. The construction of this infrastructure is programmed for 2024-25. A public engagement exercise was also undertaken for an active travel route from Uddingston to Bothwell. Phase 1 of the construction of this route is due to be completed this financial year. We have also developed Active Travel Plans for the Clydesdale area which have identified priority routes for the introduction of future active travel infrastructure. Green Page 23 of 50 40
Page 41
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Deliver walking and cycling projects / schemes in line with agreed 2023-24 capital programme A number of cycling and walking projects are progressing: - 1) Active Travel Studies – A number of further studies have been completed for towns such as Blackwood, Kirkmuirhill, Abington, Crawford, Carnwath, Forth and Biggar. These are currently being reviewed and once approved these will complete studies for all areas of South Lanarkshire and will be uploaded onto the Council’s website. The priorities identified in these studies will be reviewed as part of the development of the new Local Transport Strategy. 2) East Kilbride Cycle Network – The next phase of the development of a segregated cycle network with enhanced pedestrian facilities in East Kilbride has commenced on Churchill Avenue. This will link West Mains Road to Cornwall Street and towards the trunk road network on the A726. This work is 90% complete and it is anticipated that works will be completed in November. 3) Carstairs to Carluke – Works which include surfacing upgrades, shared cycle /pedestrian crossing points of the A706 and A70, signing, road markings and other associated works are 80% complete and transfer of land ownership to allow for the final section to be constructed is programmed. 4) Cycle Parking Provision in Town Centres – Locations for new shelters have been identified with associated consultation and works programmed for later this year. 5) Cycle Shelters and parking stands in schools – Locations for new shelters have been identified and funding has been awarded by Sustrans. 6) Cycle Route designs continue being taken forward in various Green Page 24 of 50 41
Page 42
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status locations such as Carstairs, Hamilton, Uddingston and Bothwell. Deliver new and improved low carbon vehicle charging Install and renew charging infrastructure points which are available for use by the public within South Lanarkshire The installation of 13 dual outlet 7kW charge points within on-street residential areas is now complete and all charge points are now available for public use. Green infrastructure Continue project design development and implementation and attract private investment within South Lanarkshire We have developed an EV infrastructure Expansion Plan and Strategy which has identified the future requirement for charging infrastructure within SLC. This project was done in partnership with Glasgow City Region and we are now investigating the most appropriate financial model to allow for the rapid expansion of the network. Green Page 25 of 50 42
Page 43
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Progress towards decarbonising the fleet of South Lanarkshire Council vehicles Implement the Fleet Strategy (2020-2025) Action Plan including a reduction in transport related emissions, conversion of fossil fuelled small fleet to full electric and the trialling of new fuel option for the medium to heavy fleet. The Fleet Asset Management Plan 2022-23 has been completed. It has been copied to Housing and Technical Resources for inclusion in the Corporate Asset Management Plan. The Fleet Asset Management Plan provides an update in relation to progress against the actions contained in the Fleet Strategy (2020-25). It is recognised that the two years lost to the Covid-19 pandemic have impacted the extent of progress that might have otherwise been made. Green Page 26 of 50 43
Page 44
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Encourage greater use of public transport by working with partners to improve public transport infrastructure Deliver prioritised improvements to bus and rail infrastructure (e.g., park and ride) in line with available external funding for 2023-24 A number of projects are being taken forward as outlined below: - Bus Infrastructure Improvements: This project consists of enhancing bus stop provision on the Stonelaw Road corridor and will see the provision of high access kerbs/enhanced road markings. Works are now substantially complete and due to be fully complete by the end of November. Lanark Interchange Improvements: This project consists of two sections: - Section 1 – Park and Ride. Works associated with the main construction elements of the second phase of the car park are complete with the landscaping planned for the autumn planting season. A total of 64 spaces are now available including two electric bays and eight disabled bays located adjacent to the rail and bus interchange. Section 2 – Bus Station. The design of new bus station layout is complete. Discussions are ongoing with Network Rail to progress the land acquisition/transfer. A Planning Application was submitted in quarter two for the works to upgrade the bus station area. Tender documents are currently being prepared. Hairmyres Station Park and Ride: This project consists of the design and submission of a planning application for proposed Park and Ride facilities associated with the East Kilbride Rail Enhancement project. The package of works associated with the Park and Ride includes new active travel connections, bus stop and bus layover provision and electric vehicle charging infrastructure. Pre-planning application notice has been submitted and public engagement exercises are complete. It is anticipated that a planning application will be submitted later this year to allow relevant consents to be in place. Programming discussions Green Page 27 of 50 44
Page 45
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status with Network Rail and Transport Scotland are ongoing with an alignment of the different elements of the wider project a focus at this time. Work with partners to encourage and highlight the benefits of public transport usage and transport integration We continue to work with SPT and public transport operators to encourage the use of public transport. Lanark Park & Ride facility opened this year and was funded by SPT and we are progressing with the planning application for Hairmyres Park and Ride Site which has received funding from SPT and Transport Scotland. Real time information has also been installed at a number of bus stop locations in Rutherglen. Green Ensure climate change, access to services and active travel forms part of the design of new Develop interim framework for consultation with stakeholders, with final framework prepared by end of June 2023 Engagement with selected colleagues and third party groups are ongoing. The ongoing engagement is benefitting the content quality of the guide. Amber residential developments through the revised Residential Design Guide Present finalised document to Planning Committee for approval by December 2023 The guide is nearing completion however further work is ongoing and draft is now due to be presented to the Planning Committee in June 2024. The additional time taken has improved the guide by allowing content changes to take place, including the use of inclusive language and plain english. Amber Utilise ultra-low carbon vehicles or public transport for Education related travel Consider a staged approach to changing the school transport specification to prioritise low carbon vehicles over price. The capacity of low carbon vehicles within the transport contractors is not sufficient to make any changes at this time but we will continue to pursue this strategy going forward. The current transport sector providing home to school transport has very few low carbon vehicles that can provide services to SLC currently but we will continue to liaise with SPT and contractors on this issue. Report Later Page 28 of 50 45
Page 46
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Improve affordable, sustainable, and accessible transport options Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Liaise with SPT and improve our internal procurement framework to procure and provide ultra-low carbon vehicles. The capacity of low carbon vehicles within the transport contractors is not sufficient to make any changes at this time but we will continue to pursue this strategy going forward. Report Later Consider sustainable travel within the council’s employee travel plan Review the current employee travel plan during FY 2023-24 to encourage employees to adopt sustainable travel choices Personnel are currently devising a workplan for 24-25 it will be finalised in the new year. The employee travel plan will be incorporated into the work plan. Green Continue to achieve Cycle Friendly Employer status Ensure that current cycle friendly status facilities are retained South Lanarkshire Council continues to achieve Cycle Friendly Employer status. Green Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use of natural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Reduce South Lanarkshire Council's carbon footprint Prepare a route map for reducing the council's direct and indirect carbon emissions. Agree milestones and targets for both direct and indirect emissions reductions Feasibility studies are currently being carried out by energy consultants to inform how and when the council can meet emissions reduction targets. The studies are progressing, and once complete, a routemap will be prepared. This will require an associated financial strategy, as many of the actions that will be required cannot be met within current budgets. Green Reduce South Lanarkshire Council's carbon footprint for indirect emissions not currently measured Agree the scope of indirect emissions not currently measured and prepare a route map for reducing. A Climate Intelligence Service (CIS) is being jointly funded by Scottish Government and local government to help councils to deliver their own net zero targets and for the development of area-wide programmes of emissions reduction. The CIS is in the initial stages with user groups being set up with local authorities to establish the key requirements of the service. This service will provide a joint approach to councils meeting Scotland’s national commitment to net zero by 2045. Participation in the user groups will help to inform the Council’s approach to agreeing the scope of indirect emissions. Green Page 29 of 50 46
Page 47
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Support towns to transition to net zero Complete Town Centre net zero study by end June 2023 and present finding to Community and Enterprise Resources Committee in November 2023. Report complete and looking at how and when to report, linking to masterplan work. Amber Explore funding and finance models for net-zero and climate adaptation projects Establish an internal process that will support Services to maximise funding options and secure match funding for projects A report on Scottish Government funding opportunities has been circulated round the Climate Change and Sustainability Steering Group. Managers have been advised that the External Funding Team provide support on funding applications for all Resources. Green Continue to administer and monitor the Climate Emergency Fund Ensure project delivery and outcomes achieved by March 2024. Report on progress and impact of the funding to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee The fund has been fully committed to posts, internal projects and community grants over the three year period and all projects are progressing. A mid-term report on the progress and impact of the Climate Emergency Fund was presented at the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in November 2022. This report highlighted the progress made and impact of the fund so far, how the fund has been allocated and the projects that are underway. A full-term report on the Climate Emergency Fund will be presented to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee after March 2024. Green Ensure environmental sustainability considerations are Review proposed capital programme and assess sustainability impacts The Capital programme for 2024/2025 is being presented to members later this financial year. The sustainability impact assessment will be carried out in advance of seeking project approval. Report Later considered within capital plan Establish a climate impact assessment process for the capital programme and projects by end June 2023 The sustainability impact assessment approach for the annual revenue budget was approved by members at the Climate Change Committee in September 2023 and is being used for this year’s annual Revenue Budget and Savings exercise. These completed assessments will be reported to members before they are asked to approve the Budget. Green Page 30 of 50 47
Page 48
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Ensure environmental sustainability considerations are considered within budget strategies Carry out an environmental impact assessment on the annual revenue budget The work on the annual Revenue Budget and Savings is ongoing and will be reported to members before they are asked to approved the Budget. Green Page 31 of 50 48
Page 49
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Provide a summary on a place-based approach to climate action across South Lanarkshire Prepare a report for the Community Planning Partnership summarising the various local placed based climate actions and ensure local placed based action is being incorporated into other actions A report on community place-based climate action is being prepared for the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Committee held in February 2024. Following this, the same report will be taken to the CPP board. The Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer continues to build relationships and work alongside communities, colleagues and external partners to help support and encourage climate action at community level. This includes: 1) Lanarkshire Climate Action Hub- supporting the mapping of the new community network, helping to identify potential projects and acting as the SLC point of contact for the network. 2) ONECAN Carluke Community Climate Conference – supporting role in planning and delivery of the event and continued input to the community’s strategic climate action planning and implementation. 3) Attending various community open days and events to promote awareness of climate action at community level. 4) Supporting community networking, learning exchanges and climate grant applications and project support. 5) Being the SLC point of contact for community groups and organisations. Green Page 32 of 50 49
Page 50
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Promote and encourage community engagement for community led neighbourhood planning The Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer continues to work in conjunction with the Community Engagement Team within neighbourhood planning areas. Examples of work in this area include: attending neighbourhood planning meetings and events with community members and other stakeholders to highlight the co-benefits of climate action in relation to identified community priorities. Furthermore, it also includes supporting specific projects, such as Burnhill Action Group’s renewable energy in community building programme, and building connections between groups and organisations to support knowledge and resource sharing. Green Page 33 of 50 50
Page 51
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Manage flooding priorities and deliver prioritised flood protection schemes. Deliver prioritised flood protection projects / studies in line with available capital and revenue funding for 2023-24 The River Clyde Flood Modelling and Mapping Project is now complete, developing an improved understanding of the flood risk and mechanisms within the study area. Flood maps have been produced to replace the existing River Clyde Flood Risk Management Strategy (RCFRMS) maps. The model will be used to assess the impacts of a range of fluvial events and climate scenarios on existing and future developments along the non-tidal stretch of the river as part of the planning process. It will also inform the development of a number of flood studies for communities along the River Clyde. Work completed February 2023 to produce a surface water management plan for East Kilbride. Building on the outputs from Scottish Water’s Integrated Catchment Study, locations were identified in East Kilbride at risk of flooding. Innovative solutions were developed for future programmes of work. Lamington Flood Study: In response to widespread flooding issues associated with the 30 December 2022 flood event, a consultant was appointed to undertake hydraulic modelling and scheme optioneering in Lamington. This work commenced early 2023 and the final reports received in June 2023. The recommended actions are being progressed by the landowner. In addition, improvements to the existing surface water drainage arrangements are being progressed during Winter 2023-24. Programme of Culvert Maintenance: This is an ongoing programme of works to improve our network of culvert inlets and their surrounding areas improving the performance of assets and the safety of operatives. Works have been identified and these include the repair/replacement of culvert inlet trash screens and the construction of suitable access paths, steps, fencing and handrails. These works are being prepared to go out to tender under the new Framework Green Page 34 of 50 51
Page 52
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Contract going live in October 2023. Improve resilience of the road network through routine maintenance Review current road maintenance practices to improve climate change resilience through the use of alternative methods, materials and design standards The service regularly considers alternative maintenance techniques in conjunction with with industry best practice to help improve our carbon footprint and climate change resilience. The use of alternative techniques is subject to the scrutiny of our engineering teams where consideration is given to engineering merit, operational delivery, future maintenance, and whole life cost. The service regularly collaborates with SCOTS and the Scottish Roads Research Board to drive innovation within this area. Green Develop online services for citizens reducing Continue to develop online services as part of the council’s Digital Strategy The SLC website currently has 175 online forms that citizens can use to request council services. Green need for travel Maximise the number of council services which can be provided online via the council website The SLC website currently has 175 online forms that citizens can use to request council services. Green Utilise innovative and new information Develop business cases for demonstrator Internet of Things (IoT) projects Project currently on hold, further updates will be provided by IT in due course. Report Later technologies for environmental benefits Continue the migration to Oracle Cloud Fusion system to support agile working, employee self-service and engagement Migration to Oracle Fusion is on track to go live in April 2024. Communications have begun to inform officers of the key functionality the solution will offer. Green Explore sustainable web design to reduce the council website's carbon footprint This will be further explored as part of future web site redesign which will be reviewed as part of the 2024/25 service planning process. Our ongoing focus seeks to ensure that we minimise our carbon footprint through the reuse of code and the use of compressed images to reduce server load. Report Later Page 35 of 50 52
Page 53
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Implementation of revised Building Regulations in relation to energy performance in new buildings and the adaptation of existing buildings. Undertake awareness sessions for surveyors and internal/external stakeholders on the application of revisions to building regulations related to energy standards, including guidance for surveyors where required Two surveyors attended an energy performance certificated course and Local Authority Building Standards Scotland (LABSS) have produced an online toolkit which officers can access. In addition, peer learning is a regular item at team meetings. Awareness training was given to the Council’s design team and advice has been provided on individual affordable housing schemes. Officers will be briefed/training will be provided considering the new 2024 standards when they are updated by the Scottish Government, these updates are due in April 2024 and early 2025. Green Assess council housing stock in order to meet the Energy Efficiency Standard for Social Housing (EESSH2) by 2032 Analyse housing stock by property type and current EPC /RdSAP rating to identify properties that will be unable to attain EPC Band B by 2032 To be reported at quarter four year end. Report Later Promote and provide assistance to owner occupiers and private landlords to improve energy efficiency, reduce fuel poverty and assist in the decarbonisation of homes Work with local energy advice and support organisations to understand the prevalence of fuel poverty in owner occupied and private rented properties. Support targeted interventions for owner occupiers /private landlords which could help to reduce fuel poverty in these areas. To be reported at quarter four year end. Report Later Page 36 of 50 53
Page 54
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Develop a Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) and delivery plan for South Lanarkshire Prepare LHEES and delivery plan for South Lanarkshire by end of 2023 by working with colleagues across council Resources and registered social landlord partners Council officers are working with the environmental consultant, Changeworks, on the development of the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy and Delivery Plan. A draft LHEES will be prepared by the end of December 2023. Between January and March 2024, we will carry out internal and external stakeholder consultation before presenting a final version of the strategy and delivery plan to the Executive Committee. Green Support Registered Social Landlord partners to improve the energy efficiency of their housing stock and meet EESSH2 Use the RSL forum to engage with Registered Social Landlord partners with council wide Energy Efficient Scotland: Area Based Schemes The new Social Housing Net Zero Standard (SHNZS) (replacing EESHH2) and the Heat in Buildings Regulations have recently been issued by Scottish Government for consultation. We are reviewing the latest proposals and will respond to the two consultations by March 2024. Our work with the RSLs will therefore be around compliance with the new standard which is not likely to be in place until 2025. Report Later Review new build home specifications to meet the national low or zero emissions heat requirements The implications for future design enhancements will be assessed and specifications updated as required The New Build Heat Standard will be implemented in 2024. From April 2024, changes to building regulations will mean new homes and buildings will not be allowed to use direct emission (or polluting) heating systems like oil and gas boilers. All our new build properties will have to meet this new standard. Report Later Review specification and standards for new build non-domestic buildings for maximum energy efficiency Set up a joint working group to review and update current specifications and standards to ensure maximum energy efficiency and consideration to embodied carbon. Briefing sessions will be arranged with Council Resource representatives who are looking to construct new non-domestic properties or extensions to existing buildings A joint working group has been set up and a number of meetings have taken place to date. A further update will be provided on this item at year end. We are reviewing the latest Scottish Government proposals for the new build non-domestic sector as per the consultation ‘Delivering Net Zero for Scotland’s Buildings’. We will be submitting a response to this consultation in due course. Green Assess the council's non-domestic buildings and develop a detailed action plan on how it will Commission feasibility studies to assess what types of intervention will be required and what types of replacement heating systems may be viable Final feasibility reports were received in December 2023 for four primary schools and three wet leisure facilities. These reports are currently being reviewed to inform future capital projects. Green Page 37 of 50 54
Page 55
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Progress a transition to net-zero, energy efficient and climate resilience homes, buildings and infrastructure, and minimise the unsustainable use ofnatural resources and regenerate where appropriate Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status meet the national target of being heated by zero carbon heat sources by 2038. Assess the financial implications to both upfront Capital and ongoing Revenue costs of the interventions To be reported at quarter four year end. Report Later Support the delivery of Climate Ready Clyde's (CRC) Adaptation Strategy Continue as an active member of the CRC Local Authority Forum participating in city-region wide workshops and events, creating connections and opportunities for development/co-sharing of knowledge and training by 2024 South Lanarkshire Council continues to be an active member of CRC which meets quarterly. This is the Local Authority Forum for Collaborative Climate Adaptation Action across Glasgow City Region. The Forum allows Local Authorities to work together to build capacity to support adaptation action and look for opportunities to deliver integrated and collaborative adaptation. Green Contribute to the development and implementation of local actions that contribute to the wider Glasgow City Region's (GCR) Adaptation Strategy, where appropriate, working across Council Resources SLC continues to be an active member of Climate Ready Clyde and contributes to raising awareness internally of the GCR Adaptation Strategy. Green Benchmark the Council against Adaptation Scotland’s Adaptation Capability Framework Set up an adaptation working group by summer 2023 Instead of creating an adaptation working group, a new Climate Change and Sustainable Development Officer's Group has been proposed. As part of this new group, adaptation initiatives and actions will be a key part of the group's responsibilities. Green Undertake a capability assessment to understand the Council’s current status and to identify gaps and areas for improvement by March 2024 The new Climate Change and Sustainability Officer Group will undertake the capability assessment in early 2024. Green Work collaboratively with Clyde Gateway Urban Regeneration Company (URC) on district heating Complete technical studies, obtain statutory consents and implement enabling infrastructure on site to influence and enable the delivery of a district heating and cooling system at Shawfield Phase 1 Work continues with colleagues in Clyde Gateway and further updates will be brought in due course. Green Page 38 of 50 55
Page 56
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Place and Communities Empower communities to take climate action and be more environmentally sustainable Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Continue to administer and monitor the Climate Emergency Community grant fund Allocate £75,000 to projects over financial year 2023/24. Provide support to groups to apply and implement their sustainability projects. Monitor grants to ensure projects are progressing. The £75,000 for the Climate Emergency Community Grants 2023-24 has been fully allocated to groups and projects are being progressed. Green Develop and deliver a Public Engagement plan Develop a public engagement plan for climate change and sustainability which supplements the council’s existing community engagement activity, and supports the communities own priorities and aspirations, for approval by the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in May 2024 An outline structure for the proposed Plan has been drafted and an initial meeting was held with the Council's Community Engagement Manager. Further meetings are scheduled every four weeks. The draft Plan is due to be presented to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in May 2024. Amber Celebrate success by developing an annual report to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee to highlight sustainable development and climate change activity in action within our communities, by February 2024 'Celebrating Success – Sustainability and Climate Change Activity in Action’ report is being presented to Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in February 2024. Green Increase food growing provision throughout South Lanarkshire Provide an opportunity for more people to grow food through the provision of land for food growing, the promotion of sustainable practices and supporting third sector organisations involved in food growing Chatelherault allotment site opened in Summer 2023 with an increase of 64 plot holders. Further updates will be provided following the food growing survey which is scheduled for 2024. Green Support the remediation of vacant and derelict land that promotes social and environmental benefits Support Clyde Gateway Urban Regeneration Company in a further phase of greening and environmental improvement works at Cuningar Loop and in further remediation works in the next phase at Shawfield Phase 3. Currently working in partnership with CGURC to develop proposals for Cuningar Phase 3 and integrating proposals with Cuningar Allotments project. Shawfield remediation work continues with SLC attending project board meetings and ongoing financial support via the Vacant and Derelict Land Fund. Green Include environmental considerations within the Improve the environmental outcomes from procurement including support for the transition to net zero To be reported at quarter 4 to tie in with the Community Wealth Building Strategy Updates. Report Later delivery of the council's Community Wealth Building Strategy Work with our own services, public and private sector partners to identify the skills they need to grow and create wealth in the local economy, including skills needed for the transition to a net-zero economy To be reported at quarter 4 to tie in with the Community Wealth Building Strategy Updates. Report Later Page 39 of 50 56
Page 57
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Natural Environment (Planet) Improve the availability and access to quality local outdoor spaces and services Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Ensure national planning policy set out in National Planning Framework 4 in relation to climate change, biodiversity and sustainable travel is embedded in decision making process for planning applications and the preparation of the South Lanarkshire Local Development Plan 3. Collation of appropriate information and data to inform the Evidence Report required as new first stage of LDP preparation by March 2024. Work has started on the first stage of the LDP3 process which involves the preparation of an Evidence Report through the gathering of qualitative and quantitative data. In the meantime a programme of awareness training for officers involved in determining planning applications will commence in in early 2024 and delivered throughout the year. It is anticipated the Evidence Report will be presented to the Full Council for approval in late 2024. Thereafter it will be submitted to Scottish Ministers for a Gatecheck. Once approval has been given work will start on preparation of the Proposed Plan. It is currently anticipated the plan will be adopted by the end of 2027. Green Prepare an Open Space Strategy in partnership with Glasgow and Clyde Appoint a consultant to analyse the council’s open space audit results, develop standards on open space provision and engage with local communities and other stakeholders A consultant was appointed in August 2023 to carry out this work. It is anticipated a draft report will be submitted in quarter one 2024-25. Green Valley Green Network Partnership and other council services. Draft Open Space strategy to be presented to the Planning Committee by March 2024. Consultants have been appointed and initial data gathering has commenced. The Open Space Strategy development timescales are currently under review in order to link in with other Local Development Plan preparation and engagement timescales which will be conducted towards the later half of 2024. Amber Page 40 of 50 57
Page 58
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Natural Environment (Planet) Enhance, protect, and respect the outdoors and the natural and historic environment. Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Make South Lanarkshire a cleaner place to live, work and visit free of litter, fly-tipping and dog waste Encourage awareness, behaviour change and personal responsibility, through communication with internal and external stakeholders. Work with individual client groups to tackle local issues such as fly tipping. The Litter Strategy Steering group was established with a range of colleagues from various resources, and the meetings take place every two months. Through the Litter Strategy Action Plan we have identified actions with our internal and external stakeholders, with Education, Engagement and Enforcement as the three themes. We are working with a range of SLC departments, the Youth Forum, community groups/councils, businesses and individuals. A communication campaign will be launched soon on our website and social media to encourage awareness and behaviour change regarding these issues. Complete Prepare an annual progress report for the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in September 2023 demonstrating the impact of the Litter Strategy (2022-2027) The annual progress report for the Litter Strategy was presented to committee on 20 September 2023. Complete Conserve, restore and improve biodiversity, and use nature-based solutions in tackling the climate crisis Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Review council use of herbicide with a view to reduce the amount used Continue to look at alternative methods to control weeds. Carry out further trials during 2023-24 and report on progress to Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in February 2024 We have continued to use alternative means of applying herbicide throughout the authority as well as reviewing those areas where we apply, a report will be provided for the Climate Change and Sustainable Development Committee in due course. Green Page 41 of 50 58
Page 59
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions Natural Environment (Planet) Conserve, restore and improve biodiversity, and use nature-based solutions in tackling the climate crisis Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Measure tree canopy and increase tree planting across South Lanarkshire Continue to measure and plot all trees to build an accurate picture of the council’s position on canopy cover Easy-to-use records of existing trees and woodlands on all South Lanarkshire Council’s owned or controlled land have been developed to build up an accurate picture of the nature, condition, and resilience of the valued council assets. We will progress the valuation of individual recorded trees using natural capital accounting tools to start both the valuing of the tree population as public assets and for the quantifying of their ecosystem services e.g. carbon storage, pollutant removal or stormwater runoff avoidance and interception. Green Identify suitable council owned land that can be utilised for additional tree planting. Work with all external and internal stakeholders including community groups to seek additional funding for tree planting. The Council has signed the Clyde Climate Forest Concordat committing to actively participate in, and promote, the realisation of Clyde Climate Forest (CCF) targets; increase the average tree canopy cover to 20%, increase the average broadleaf network 20% and increase forest and woodland cover in Glasgow City Region to 20% by 2032 (totalling 18 million trees planted across the region over the next decade as a response to the Climate and Ecological Emergencies). Green Increase Biodiversity and invest in peatlands across South Develop a new Biodiversity Implementation Plan for (2024-2027) for approval by Climate Change and Sustainability Committee by March 2024. The Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan BDIP (2024-2026) and Biodiversity Strategy (2024-2030) are due to be presented to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in February 2024. Green Lanarkshire Participate in Clyde Peatlands to bring about a step change in the scale and rate of peatland restoration across the City Region A peatland officer has been appointed via Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network, we are working with them and have identified a cluster of peatlands to the south of East Kilbride. The officer is working with the landowners regarding conservation work. Green Implement new technologies and more sustainable cleaning materials within council facilities Pilot the use of 'Aquateck' cleaning solution in key facilities and evaluate during 2023/24 Aquateck rolled out successfully in HQ, Cambuslang Gate, David Dale, Brandongate and South Vennel. Next roll out is to pilot in 17 High Schools. Green Page 42 of 50 59
Page 60
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Take action to allow South Lanarkshire to become a zero-waste society Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Support a circular economy by re-using, recycling and generating energy from the waste we manage Undertake a review of the waste service during 2023-24 that will determine most efficient refuse collection patterns and incorporate the impact of the Deposit Return Scheme The Waste Review is ongoing and is on target for completion within the agreed timescales. Phase 1 household waste recycling sites (HWRC) is complete and the new contract for the management and operation of HWRCs is currently being evaluated. In terms of the other Phases (Infrastructure and Kerbside Collection Services), several key pieces of work have already been completed including a Waste Compositional Analysis. It should be noted that the future of the Deposit Return Scheme is uncertain in terms of both implementation date and scope but the current date for implementation is October 2025 meaning this aspect of the review will be postponed until 2024-25. Green Page 43 of 50 60
Page 61
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Take action to allow South Lanarkshire to become a zero-waste society Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Review of recycling bins at flatted properties in South Lanarkshire Review existing arrangements at flats during 2023/24 and work with Corporate Communications to produce communications campaign. Work continues on this project, which is on target for completion by 31 March 2025. The project consists of reviewing the existing recycling collection services provided at flatted properties, i.e. blue recycling bins containing mixed dry recyclate and redesignating the bins to accept paper & card materials only. The current mixed dry recyclate contents of the bins are habitually contaminated with non-target material, so much so that the materials are unsuitable for recycling and therefore have to be disposed of as general waste. The redesignation of the bins to accept paper & card only shall hopefully deter the levels of contamination and produce a level of material capable of being recycled and also provides Waste Services with an opportunity to engage with householders regarding recycling the waste they produce. Green Reduce the instances of avoidable food waste Identify the share of householders using the council’s food waste collection service during 2023 and consider extending the food waste collection service A participation survey was undertaken by Waste Services early last year which reported that circa. 30% of households provided with food waste containers regularly participated in the collection service. This project has been completed and there are no further updates this reporting period. Complete Manage and monitor food waste in schools Implement a pilot project in schools to reduce level of food waste from the dining rooms during 2023/24. Rolled out to three groups of schools and currently evaluating. Green Page 44 of 50 61
Page 62
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Take action to allow South Lanarkshire to become a zero-waste society Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Deliver training online where possible and develop the digital skills of South Lanarkshire Council employees Review existing training delivery models identifying options for further transition to online delivery Existing training reviewed and confirmed the delivery models are appropriate for the content and participants. New training that is developed seeks to use online delivery models where possible. Complete Ensure environmentally sustainable training options are delivered by external training providers Work with external training providers to identify environmentally sustainable delivery options Work with external training providers ongoing. Green Enable a fair transition to a green economy leaving no one behind Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Deliver the UK Shared Prosperity Fund to help ensure a just transition to net zero Progress delivery of the new UK Shared Prosperity Fund, initiatives that support the council, communities, and businesses transition to net zero. Three areas have commenced. 1.) Community environmental grants awarded. 2.) Carbon reporting for SMEs has commenced via Strathclyde University and GCR 3.) Survey of SLC business property and reporting on potential feasibility on energy efficiency investment ongoing. Green Increase the number of young people obtaining the skills to access green and circular economy employment Provide senior phase vocational learning opportunities that prepare young people for the green economy The GradU8 programme provides a range of introductory vocational skills which can provide a pathway to green jobs including in construction trades. South Lanarkshire College and New College Lanarkshire include sustainability as a key element of course delivery across all the GradU8 subjects. Green Page 45 of 50 62
Page 63
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Enable a fair transition to a green economy leaving no one behind Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Use outdoor learning and environmental volunteering opportunities to develop young people's employability skills The youth employability team has procured supported volunteering opportunities including through Clydesdale Community Initiative and will work with VASLAN to award Shared Prosperity Fund small grants to provide further opportunities. Green Engage with employers and key stakeholders to provide workforce up-skilling and re-skilling Procure a demand led Green Jobs programme to deliver on fair work for local people Early discussions have taken place with Banks Renewables to develop a skills academy for young people progressing to renewables sector employment opportunities and it is planned that this is progressed in 2024/25. Green for a green and circular economy Provide local businesses with up-skilling and reskilling opportunities to meet the needs of the transition to a green and circular economy Early discussions have taken place with Banks Renewables to develop a skills academy for young people progressing to renewables sector employment opportunities and it is planned that this is progressed in 2024/25. Green Consider climate change impacts within the council’s workforce planning Consider as part of Resource workforce planning process the impact of climate change and the need for new or additional skills or knowledge This will be incorporated into the workforce planning process. The workforce planning cycle is every 3 years and we are currently in the middle of a cycle. Any changes regarding climate impact will be considered when plans are reviewed. Green Page 46 of 50 63
Page 64
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Lead the transition to a circular economy and improve resource efficiency through responsible consumption and production, and buying and sellingof local goods and services Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Review the scope and scoring of sustainability requirements in procurement contracts Rollout of new tender scoring approach for Sustainable Procurement Duty and awareness for Resources through the Procurement Network to improve environmental outcomes and transition to net-zero emissions for appropriate procurements by June 2023 The new tender scoring approach has been circulated to Procurement Network and is in use for all regulated procurements. These changes have embedded sustainability considerations in all regulated procurements, which means that all future procurements should have improved outcomes in respect of sustainability, either through specification or technical questions. Procurement and Sustainability are currently supporting Resources to ensure that they use this new structure to improve sustainable outcomes in contracts. Green Progress the Procurement Flexible Framework Sustainability action plan Use the Scottish Procurement's Sustainable Procurement Framework to self-assess progress in embedding sustainability outcomes to improve the consideration of climate change in procurement activity and outcomes in appropriate procurement Sustainable Procurement Flexible Framework updated at 30 September 2023, noting progress in sustainability scoring. Green Page 47 of 50 64
Page 65
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Lead the transition to a circular economy and improve resource efficiency through responsible consumption and production, and buying and sellingof local goods and services Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Provide procurement support to council services within contract specification development Identify regulated contracts with sustainability impacts through the 2023/24 service planning exercise with a view to improve climate change outcomes, with appropriate input from Sustainability Team and Resources Priority contracts for full sustainability test include Care at Home Services, Household Waste Recycling Centres and Passenger Transport Services. Green Assess the capacity of the local food and drink sector to supply food and drink to the council Examine the results and recommendations of the Market Capacity Assessment in 2023 with a view to increase procurement of local food and drink Outcomes of the market capacity assessment were presented at the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee on 20 September 2023 as well as the next steps (i.e. action plan). Actions include continuing engagement with businesses identified; exploring the possibility to use the Quick Quote process to increase the supply of local food and drink in specific South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture venues; identifying and analysing practices developed in other comparable local authorities; delivering the business accelerator programme “Eat South Lanarkshire”; supporting discussion with food and drink network Lanarkshire Larder; and promoting sub-contracting opportunities. An update on progress in implementing these actions and recommendations will be reported through the Food Strategy Action Plan Q2 and Q4 updates (due to be presented to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee on 28 Feb and 15th May respectively). Green Page 48 of 50 65
Page 66
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Lead the transition to a circular economy and improve resource efficiency through responsible consumption and production, and buying and sellingof local goods and services Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Promote the use of local and seasonal food and drink produce to residents and visitors Promote local products through campaigns and events and across business sectors Lanarkshire Larder has received funding from Scotland Food & Drink, South Lanarkshire Council and North Lanarkshire Council to fund a co-ordinator’s role to drive its activities. The network also received funding from the Government’s Regional Food Fund to help with their branding; funding from Visit Scotland’s Destination; and Sector Marketing Fund to create food trails across Lanarkshire and to organise a recipe competition using ingredients from the Lanarkshire larder involving schools, local businesses and chefs. Lanarkshire Larder also liaised with New College Lanarkshire to encourage increased use of Lanarkshire produce. The Council's Economic Development team worked with South Lanarkshire College to encourage them to use more South Lanarkshire products. Green Introduce the Deposit Return Scheme in line with national guidance Undertake a pilot of Reverse Vending Machine in one high school to investigate the integration with cashless school catering system Pilot conducted in St Andrews and Brides High School. Further pilots put on hold as Return Deposit Scheme has been delayed. Complete Consider options for schools in line with the Scottish Government programme No date has been agreed by the Scottish Government for the extension of Universal Free School meals for primary 6 & 7. Data Collection exercise has been completed and submitted to Scottish Government in September 2023, awaiting update and funding Green Reduction on single use plastic items Continue to review use of all single use items and consider and evaluate sustainable alternatives Single use plastic items have been removed from the Alliance eCatalogue and are no longer available to order. Work will continue in raising awareness of need to reduce the use of all single use items. Green Support South Lanarkshire’s businesses in the transition to a net-zero economy and helping to ensure they are climate resilient Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Promote the support that is available to businesses for good Publicise internal and external funding opportunities for businesses for carbon reduction and improved energy performance Promotion of opportunities across a range of business support areas continues through internal business support and sustainability teams, Social Enterprise and Business Gateway. Green Page 49 of 50 66
Page 67
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Monday 19 February 2024 03:16:08pm Sustainable Development Strategy Improvement Actions A Green Economy (Planet) Support South Lanarkshire’s businesses in the transition to a net-zero economy and helping to ensure they are climate resilient Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status sustainability outcomes Update website, share information with partners and prepare and implement marketing plan Discussions are ongoing with PR on the delivery of web based and social media material promoting a range of Economic development areas of activity. Green Encourage and influence sustainable property improvements in business premises Commission a consultant to update the review of East Kilbride industrial properties to understand which properties meet environmental standards and to improve energy performance Consultants Ryden have completed the review and identified areas where improvements are required. Complete Page 50 of 50 67
Page 68
68
Page 69
Report Agenda Item Report to: Climate Change and Sustainability Committee Date of Meeting: 28 February 2024 Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) Subject: Good Food Strategy Update – Q2 2023/2024 1. Purpose of Report 1.1. The purpose of the report is to: - [purpose] update the Committee on the status of Good Food Strategy actions and measures at Quarter 2 of 2023/2024 2. Recommendation(s) 2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s): - [recs] (1) that the 2023/2024 Q2 position in respect of actions and measures within the Good Food Strategy is noted. 3. Background 3.1. On 4 December 2019, the Executive Committee approved the Good Food Strategy which covers a five-year period from 2020 to 2025. 3.2. The vision of the Strategy is to contribute to the improvement of the quality of life of everyone in South Lanarkshire where food is celebrated, supports healthy life and wellbeing, is affordable and accessible to all, encourages a fair and inclusive food economy, has limited impacts on the environment and climate change, and promotes animal welfare. 3.3. The Strategy sets out outcomes and actions organised around six themes and twelve objectives: Good Food at Home and in the Community 1. Supporting good food education and culture 2. Reducing food poverty and insecurity Good Food in the Public Sector 3. Improving food in schools and in Council properties 4. Improving food in public places Good Food Economy 5. Supporting a good food retail and catering environment 6. Encouraging a fair and inclusive local food economy Good Food Growing 7. Providing food growing opportunities 8. Promoting good food growing and sustainability Good Food for the Environment 9. Reducing waste and packaging 10. Limiting the impact of the food system on the environment and climate change 4 69
Page 70
Good Food Governance 11. Developing and strengthening food partnerships 12. Making good food a priority in the Council’s area 3.4. The Strategy sets out specific actions to be undertaken to deliver these objectives under each theme. 3.5. The Action Plan for the fourth year (2023/2024) of implementation of the above Good Food Strategy was approved by the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee on 20 September 2023 and is monitored using IMPROVe. Its progress is reported to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee at Quarter two and Quarter four. 4. Good Food Strategy 2023-2024 Q2 Update 4.1. The progress report comes in two parts; the first part contains performance/contextual measures towards the Strategy’s outcomes, and the second part contains improvement actions for each of the themes within the Strategy. 4.2. The overall summary of performance measures at the end of Quarter two is as follows:- Total number of performance/ contextual measures 22 Status – Green The timescale or target has been met as per expectations 12 (55%) Status – Amber There has been minor slippage against timescale or minor shortfall against target 0 (0%) Status - Red There has been major slippage against timescale or major shortfall against target 0 (0%) Reportable at a later stage/ contextual For some measures, the statistics are not yet available to allow us to report whether the target has been reached or not. These will be reported when available 10 (45%) 4.3. There is no performance measure showing an amber or red status. 4.4. Ten of the performance measures are either reported as contextual (four measures) or will be reported later (six measures) at quarter four. Measures which are contextual are for information only. 4.5. The overall summary of improvement actions at the end of quarter two is as follows: - Total number of improvement actions 17 Status - Blue Action Complete 0 (0%) Status – Green The timescale or target has been met as per expectations 17 (100%) Status – Amber There has been minor slippage against timescale or minor shortfall against target 0 (0%) Status - Red There has been major slippage against timescale or major shortfall against target 0 (0%) Reportable at a later stage/ contextual For some measures, the statistics are not yet available to allow us to report whether the target has been reached or not. These will be reported when available 0 (0%) 4.6. There is no performance measure showing an amber or red status. 70
Page 71
4.7. Progress on all objectives, actions and measures is set out in Appendix 1. Some of the highlights for each of the themes of the Good Food Strategy include: Good Food at Home and the Community Eleven “Spectacular Summer Session” hubs (Education) were successfully delivered across the four localities in key locations across South Lanarkshire with breakfast and lunch served each day. Across the 6 weeks, over 4,500 meals were provided by Facilities Services The Youth Family and Community Learning service (Education) delivered a large variety of food related learning programmes to 277 learners in quarter one and two The Unpaid Work Service (Social Work) expanded their service: the food growing project increased in terms of size and range of food products grown; a healthy soup lunch is now served to all Unpaid Work service users and is available seven days a week In line with the national plan “Cash-First- towards ending the need for food banks in Scotland” published June 2023, the Council agreed to extend the Financial Wellbeing Support Fund for two years. As a result, Money Matter Advice Services have been providing £50 cash payments to people facing financial insecurity issues, including food insecurity, since October 2023 A community networking event including community food organisations was organised by the Community Engagement Team during the Challenge Poverty Week in October 2023 at the Hillhouse and Earnock Community Centre. The objective of the event was to highlight the vital work that local organisations are carrying out in relation to tackling poverty and inequality and to find more about the range of support that local organisations provide Good Food in the Public Sector Levels of total primary and secondary school meal uptake (free and paid) exceeded the targets as well as the level of free primary and secondary school meals uptake. Outcomes of the Market Capacity Assessment including the next steps (i.e. action plan) were presented at the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee on 20 September 2023. Actions undertaken in quarter three and four include: continuing engagement with businesses identified; exploring the possibility to use the Quick Quote process to increase the supply of local food and drink in specific South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture venues; identifying and analysing practices developed in other comparable local authorities; delivering the business accelerator programme “Eat South Lanarkshire”; supporting discussion with the food and drink network Lanarkshire Larder; and promoting sub-contracting opportunities to local businesses. An update on the implementation of these actions will be included in the Q4 Good Food Strategy update report Good Food Economy 95% of food businesses were compliant with food safety statutory requirements, the target being 85% During quarter one and quarter two, engagement with the food and drink sector included: marketing of, and attendance/exhibiting at the National Meet the Buyer Event in Edinburgh on 17 May 2023; SLC representation on the Lanarkshire Larder Committee to ensure that outcomes, including increased membership and networking, are achieved; work with external consultant to devise the EAT Lanarkshire scale up programme aimed exclusively at SLC food and drink companies 71
Page 72
Good Food Growing With the opening of the Chatelherault allotment site in summer 2023, the number of plot holders on Council managed growing sites increased by 64 (which represents an 18 percent increase compared to last year) and total area increased by ten percent. The occupancy level of these sites is 99 percent The Council wide Open Space Strategy is under development with the consideration of open space for food growing. The engagement strategy for the formulation of the Council Local Development Pan 3 (LDP3) was developed. The new LDP3 represents an opportunity to further embed health and wellbeing in planning policies Good Food and the Environment A Waste Compositional Analysis undertaken in July 2023 showed that over 33% of waste in the residual bin was compostable, 17% of which was food waste, the rest being garden waste. These figures show that residents are still not fully engaged in recycling food and garden waste The Waste Education Team continues to work with the Litter Strategy Officers and Education Service to develop communication materials for schools throughout South Lanarkshire Good Food Governance The Fairtrade Zone Status of the Council was renewed following its successful application. The Council also supported the Fairtrade Education Award at the Scottish Fairtrade Awards Ceremony 2023 The Community Planning Partnership Food Group was constituted after nomination of its members during summer 2023. The group worked on the implementation of the action plan approved by the CPP Board including promoting good food across the partnership, increasing networking among partners and with the community, sharing information and considering common actions on priority areas (i.e. food poverty and food served in public places), monitoring national and local food related policy developments 5. Strategic Environmental Assessment 5.1. Following the SEA pre-screening exercise and communication with the Scottish Government, it was concluded that no further action was required in relation to the SEA process for the Good Food Strategy 6. Employee Implications 6.1. Resources and services involved in food related activities are required to contribute to the implementation of the Good Food Strategy to ensure that actions and targets are met. The Policy Officer (Food Development) monitors and reports progress. 7. Financial Implications 7.1. There are no direct financial implications as a result of the report. 8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 8.1. The Good Food Strategy 2023/2024, by taking into account all the aspects of the food systems from farm to fork and encouraging the transition towards a more sustainable food system, will help to achieve the objectives of the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy. 9. Other Implications 9.1. There are no other implications as a result of the report. 72
Page 73
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements 10.1. The Equality Impact Assessment for the Good Food Strategy was conducted and approved. 10.2. There was no other requirement for consultation in terms of the information contained in this report. David Booth Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 8 February 2024 Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes Values Focused on people and their needs Working with and respecting others Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent Ambitious, self-aware and improving Fair, open and sustainable Excellent employer Priorities We will work to put people first and reduce inequality We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places We will work to recover, progress and improve Previous References Executive Committee 4 December 2019 - Good Food Strategy Climate Change and Sustainability Committee 20 September 2023 – Action plan for the fourth year of implementation of the Good Food Strategy List of Background Papers None Contact for Further Information If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact: Hélène Gourichon (Policy Officer for Food Development) E-mail: helene.gourichon@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 73
Page 74
74
Page 75
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 25 Jan 10:21 Quarter 2 : 2023/24 - April to September Performance Report Appendix 1 4 75
Page 76
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 25 Jan 10:2176
Page 77
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 25 Jan 10:21 Page 3 of 3 77
Page 78
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on 25 Jan 10:21 Summary (Section 1) - number of Quantitative Measures green, amber and red under each Good Food Strategy objective Theme Green Amber Red Report later / Contextual Total Good Food at Home and in the Community 1 0 0 3 4 Good Food Economy 1 0 0 1 2 Good Food for the Environment 0 0 0 2 2 Good Food Governance 1 0 0 0 1 Good Food Growing 4 0 0 1 5 Good Food in the Public Sector 5 0 0 3 8 Total 12 0 0 10 22 Summary (Section 2) - number of Project Measures complete, green, amber and red under each Good Food Strategy objective Theme Complete Green Amber Red Report later Total Good Food at Home and in the Community 0 3 0 0 0 3 Good Food in the Public Sector 0 1 0 0 0 1 Good Food Economy 0 2 0 0 0 2 Good Food Growing 0 3 0 0 0 3 Good Food for the Environment 0 1 0 0 1 2 Good Food Governance 0 6 0 0 0 6 Total 0 16 0 0 1 17 Page 1 of 17 78
Page 79
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Strategy Section 1: Quantitative measures Page 2 of 17 79
Page 80
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food at Home and in the Community 1. Supporting good food education and culture 2. Reducing food insecurity and promoting dignity Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Number of learners from Youth, Family and Community Learning service (Education) benefiting from food related learning programmes 277 learners benefited from food learning related programmes delivered by the Youth, Family and Community Learning service in quarter one and two. Figures are on target to be met by the year end. Programmes included: Cooking on a Budget, KEAR primary café programme, Young Carers, Outdoor cooking experiences, Eco Eaters, Girls Groups, Platform Schools Group – Hospitality, Nowhere to Grow, REHIS Food Hygiene-certificated programmes, Level Up, ‘Foody Friday’, Pathfinders cook for home programme, Rutherglen Adult Cooking Group, 'Me Time parents group'. Green 300 277 567 414 834 Number of children eligible for free school meals and supported during school holiday periods (£2.50 per day) 8,869 children were supported during school holiday periods with a cash payment. Contextual ------ 8,869 0 0 9,544 Page 3 of 17 80
Page 81
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food at Home and in the Community 1. Supporting good food education and culture 2. Reducing food insecurity and promoting dignity Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Number of referrals to specific food initiatives for families experiencing food insecurity made by Council services and partners (Best Start Food applications; Healthy Start Voucher applications; Food Bank referrals; School meal applications; Scottish Welfare Fund applications) Money Matters Advice Service made food related referrals for families experiencing food insecurity as follows for the period 01/04/23 to 11/10/23. Figures for last year during the same period are also provided within brackets for comparison purposes: - Food Banks: 668 (541) - Scottish Welfare Fund: 61 (48) - Best Start Foods: 12 (45) - School Meals: 2 (15) Total referrals: 743 (649) There has been an increase in food bank referrals compared to last year and a reduction in school meal referrals possibly due to additional work done to promote it within the school setting. Referrals to Best Start Foods have also reduced possibly due to the strong promotion carried out by the Scottish Social Security (which may have resulted in more self-claiming). Only referrals made by the Council are included so far in this report as data are collected on a yearly basis. Contextual ------ 743 0 1,056 3,565 Page 4 of 17 81
Page 82
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food at Home and in the Community 1. Supporting good food education and culture 2. Reducing food insecurity and promoting dignity Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Number of people receiving food parcels or vouchers distributed by food banks The aggregate figures for the South Lanarkshire food banks covering the period 01/04/2023 to 30/09/2023 indicates that 12,811 households were referred during this period. This includes 21,162 people (13,901 adults and 7,261 children). The number of households referred to local food banks during quarter one and two has increased by almost 29%, with the number of children being fed through emergency parcels increasing by the same percentage compared to this time 12 months ago. The number of children being fed through emergency food parcels during the past 6 months represents the highest figure ever recorded in South Lanarkshire Council, for the first 6 months of the year. In addition to food parcels, local food banks have also distributed other forms of aid to help households with the cost of living, these include distribution of 683 energy vouchers and 255 vouchers to enable clients to purchase fresh fruit and vegetables. Contextual ------ 21,162 0 41,293 57,709 Good Food in the Public Sector 3. Improving food in schools and council properties 4. Improving food in public places Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Level of total (free and paid) primary school meal uptake (as proportion of total primary school meals which could be taken up over the period) Meal uptake is achieving target set. Green 60% 66% 41% 58% 66% Level of total (free and paid) secondary school meal uptake (as proportion of total secondary school meals which could be taken up over the period) Meal uptake is achieving target set. Green 38% 38% 24% 36% 38% Page 5 of 17 82
Page 83
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food in the Public Sector 3. Improving food in schools and council properties 4. Improving food in public places Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Number of lunches served in nursery schools as part of new Scottish Government Early Years Initiative Lunch figures up to and including period 6. Green 500,000 238,409 218,249 438,249 571,245 Number of free breakfasts served in primary schools during school days Number of free breakfasts served in primary schools during school days is 273,431 (figures covering period 1 to period 6). Contextual ------ 273,431 0 0 727,816 Level of free primary school meals uptake (as proportion of total primary school free meals which could be taken up over the period) The free school meal uptake level is on target to be met by the year end. Green 65% 75% 0% 58% 73% Level of free secondary school meals uptake (as proportion of total secondary school free meals which could be taken up over the period) The free school meal uptake level is on target to be met by the year end. Green 41% 40% 41% 44% 43% Annual public procurement spending on Fairtrade products in schools and council premises Data are reported annually. Report Later ------ ------ £3,890 £4,116 £9,348 Annual public procurement spending on local food (i.e. food produced or manufactured in Scotland) Data are reported annually. Report Later ------ ------ 0% 39% 36% Page 6 of 17 83
Page 84
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Economy 5. Supporting a good food retail and catering environment 6. Encouraging a fair and inclusive local food economy Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Food businesses compliant with food safety statutory requirements 95% of food businesses inspected were found to be broadly compliant. This equates to 2,648 food businesses. This compliance figure continues to exceed the annual target set for this measure, and has increased gradually since the new food law rating scheme came into effect in 2019. This is due to the fact that the new food law rating scheme allows local authorities to focus resources on high risk and non-compliant businesses by conducting more frequent inspections in these establishments. Green 85% 95% 90% 93% 96% Number of local food businesses engaged with and supported Figures will be reported at quarter four. Report Later ------ ------ 0 0 10 Good Food Growing 7. Providing food growing opportunities 8. Promoting good food growing and sustainability Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Loss of Prime Agriculture Land as a result of non-agricultural development No applications resulting in the loss of Prime Agricultural Land were granted in quarter one and quarter two. Green 0 0 0 6,213 6,213 Increase in the number of overall plot holders on Council managed food growing sites by March 2024 Chatelherault allotment site opened in Summer 2023 with an increase of 64 plot holders, which is an 18% increase compared to last year. The target for 2023-24 was 10%. Green 36 64 0 31 25 Increase in the area of council land made available for food growing sites by March 2024 Chatelherault allotment site opened, increasing area of council land for food growing by 3,743m2 which is a 10% increase. Green 10% 10% 0% 20% 4% Increase in the overall number of food growing participants on council land including schools, care homes, housing areas and areas managed by community groups or third party organisations by March 2024 Figures will be reported following the survey done with food growing participants which is scheduled for 2024. Report Later ------ ------ ------ 167.00% ------ Page 7 of 17 84
Page 85
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Growing 7. Providing food growing opportunities 8. Promoting good food growing and sustainability Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Occupancy levels at council managed food growing sites Occupancy levels are 99% of capacity. Green 98% 99% 0% 99% 99% Good Food for the Environment 9. Reducing food waste and packaging 10. Limiting the impact of food system on the environment and climate change Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Undertake of waste compositional analysis to estimate the share of food waste in residual bins The Waste Compositional Analysis was undertaken in July 2023 and the final report produced in early September 2023. The analysis shows that over 33% of waste found in the residual bin was compostable including 17% of food waste (the rest being garden waste). This means that residents are still not fully engaged in recycling food waste. Contextual ------ 17% ------ ------ ------ Share food waste from school catering which is recycled/composted The Food Waste Warrior pilot project is still ongoing. Evaluation and data will be available at quarter 4. Report Later ------ ------ ------ 1% 1% Page 8 of 17 85
Page 86
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Governance 11. Developing and strengthening food partnerships 12. Making good food a priority in the Council's area Performance Indicators Comments/ Progress Status 2021/22 2022/232020/21Target To Date -------- Last 3 Years ------------------- This Year ----------- Report on the £0.3m Food Strategy Support Fund budget including the community grants by March 2024 £0.277m of the £0.300m was committed, with the breakdown of projects as follows: •£205,000 to provide a new allotment site in the Hamilton area (Chatelherault). The site is now complete. •£15,000 to develop additional growing space at Richmond Allotment. Work started onsite and is due to complete late in the year •£5,000 for Unpaid Work Service Garden Project (Social Work)-project ongoing •£20,000 for the Food Strategy Community Grants which was allocated to groups in 2022-23 •£32,500 to five other projects which were approved for funding in financial year 2021-22 The remaining £23,000 was returned to Corporate Finance as a result of a savings exercise. Green £0.000m £0.000m £0.000m £0.000m £0.270m Page 9 of 17 86
Page 87
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Strategy Section 2: Project measures Page 10 of 17 87
Page 88
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food at Home and in the Community 1. Supporting good food education and culture 2. Reducing food insecurity and promoting dignity Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Work in partnership with community food organisations and partners to identify and support the development of initiatives to tackle food poverty Activities developed to tackle food insecurity including improving access to food and ensuring those accessing aid receive the advice and support required Following the publication of the national plan “Cash-First: towards ending the need for food banks in Scotland” in June 2023, the Council applied to the Scottish Government Cash First Fund to deliver “the Financial Wellbeing Support Fund – Cash First” pilot project. The project, led by Money Matters Advice Services, aimed to support 4,250 households by facilitating Cash First payments and offering wide support thanks to a partnership approach. Community Planning Partners, Citizen Advice Bureaux, food banks and other community food organisations were consulted to develop the proposal. However, the application was unsuccessful preventing the development of a partnership approach. Instead Money Matters Advice Service is providing £50 cash payments to households in the situation of food poverty by developing their own Cash-First Scheme using the Council Financial Wellbeing Support Fund. A community networking event including community food organisations was organised by the Community Engagement Team during the Challenge Poverty Week in October 2023. Information from the Council leaflet "Money is not the only problem" including information on food and healthy eating is regularly published on council social media. The online map of places where free or affordable food can be found in the Council area was updated and is available on the Council website. Eleven "Spectacular Summer Session Hubs" were successfully delivered across the four localities of South Lanarkshire in key locations between 03/07/2023 and 11/08/2023. Each hub delivered a targeted intensive two-week programme which ran Monday-Friday with breakfast and lunch included. Across the 6 weeks, over 4,500 meals were provided. Green Page 11 of 17 88
Page 89
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food at Home and in the Community 1. Supporting good food education and culture 2. Reducing food insecurity and promoting dignity Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Deliver Kitchen Learning Hub to service users of the Unpaid Work Service Increased number of service users participating in the hub and gaining REHIS qualifications. Service users report having more confidence to cook healthy meals for themselves and family and report a better understanding of nutrition and impact on their health and wellbeing There continues to be an increased use of the kitchen learning hub. A healthy soup lunch for all those who attend unpaid work is also available seven days a week. The bread making sessions continue to be undertaken to enhance the skills and knowledge of service users with the bread being given to various housing and homelessness services. A new unpaid work coordinator was also recruited to continue to improve the services delivered in the kitchen. Green Employ an educational gardener to support service users of Unpaid Work Service undertaking food growing as part of their unpaid work Service users report increased knowledge and skills in gardening and food growing. Opportunity to undertake the Royal Caledonian Horticultural Society GLiN Award. Fruit and vegetables grown are distributed to support foodbanks and other community food initiatives promoting access to locally grown affordable produce The garden project at unpaid work continues to grow in both size and range of products that is grown. All service users have the opportunity to undertake work there and enhance their knowledge and skills of growing food from seed. This resulted in excellent learning opportunities that are now used by learners to grow their own food at home and cook with their family. Green Page 12 of 17 89
Page 90
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food in the Public Sector 3. Improving food in schools and in council properties 4. Improving food in public places Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Progress actions to increase supply of local food and drink in the Council following recommendations from the Market Capacity Assessment Demonstrated actions to increase supply of food and drink in the Council Outcomes of the market capacity assessment were presented at the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee on 20 September 2023 as well as the next steps (i.e. action plan). Actions include continuing engagement with businesses identified; exploring the possibility to use the Quick Quote process to increase the supply of local food and drink in specific South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture venues; identifying and analysing practices developed in other comparable local authorities; delivering the business accelerator programme “Eat South Lanarkshire”; supporting discussion with the food and drink network Lanarkshire Larder; and promoting sub-contracting opportunities to local businesses. An update on the implementation of these actions will be included in the Q4 Good Food Strategy update report. Green Page 13 of 17 90
Page 91
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Economy 5. Supporting a good food retail and catering environment 6. Encouraging a fair and inclusive local food economy Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Encourage networking amongst the food and drink sector Demonstrated activities to encourage networking in the sector In quarter one and quarter two, engagement with the food and drink sector included: •Marketing of, and attendance/exhibiting at the National Meet the Buyer Event in Edinburgh on 17 May; •Lanarkshire Larder local food and drink network: SLC representation on the Lanarkshire Larder Committee to ensure that outcomes including increased membership and networking are achieved; •EAT Lanarkshire: working with external consultant to devise a scale up programme aimed exclusively at SLC food and drink companies. The full cohort (eight) was secured and the business planning stage (1-2-1 liaison with each participant) started. Green Promote use of local food produce through promotion and events Demonstrated activities to promote local products - Marketing of, and attendance at, the Sourcing Scotland event in Dumfries on 17 April 2023, this was to support the SLC based attendees and Lanarkshire Larder. - Reintroduction of the Food and Drink Award at the Lanarkshire Business Excellence Awards, this award was won by Equi’s Ice Cream based in Rutherglen. - Leading on the development of a “Meet the Maker” event in March 2024 in conjunction with Lanarkshire Larder. Green Page 14 of 17 91
Page 92
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Growing 7. Providing food growing opportunities 8. Promoting food growing and sustainability Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Develop a Council wide Open Space Strategy (OSS) including consideration of the potential of open space for providing food growing opportunities Consultants to be appointed to develop standards and analysis of the open space audit data at Council and locality level with public engagement carried out by the Council (draft OSS to be submitted for committee approval in 2024/25) Consultants have been appointed and are currently carrying out a detailed analysis of the data gathered from the open space audit. It is expected that outcomes will be presented to the Council in Q4 following which engagement will be undertaken in Q1 2024/2025. Green Promote awareness of, and provide guidance on, the development of Local Place Plans by local communities and in particular highlight the potential to support them in meeting food growing aspirations. Demonstrated activities to promote and develop Local Place Plans A formal invitation to community bodies giving the opportunity to prepare Local Place Plans (LPP) was prepared. An online webpage incorporating a tool box with information on how to prepare LPP will also be created and available on the Council website. Green Ensure embedding of health and wellbeing issues in the preparation of Local Development Plan 3 (LDP3) in accordance with the NPF4 Early public engagement to inform LDP3 and committee approval to commence its preparation Preparation of Evidence Report (including collation of evidence on Lifelong Health and Wellbeing) The Council's Development Plan scheme for 2023 was approved at the Planning Committee in August 2023. An engagement strategy is being developed with extensive discussions already underway with other Council services and partners to support the engagement process. Green Page 15 of 17 92
Page 93
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food for the Environment 9. Reducing food waste and packaging 10. Limiting the impact of food system on the environment and climate change Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Revise the content of the presentations provided by the Waste Education Team to schools in South Lanarkshire to include information about food waste reduction and recycling Educational material updated by March 2024 including criteria to assess the impact of the educational programme The material was updated and the Waste Education Team continues to work with Litter Strategy Officer and Education Service to develop communication materials for schools throughout South Lanarkshire. Green Undertake campaigns promoting sustainable food to Council employees and South Lanarkshire residents Type of campaigns promoting sustainable food Campaigns promoting sustainable food including around food waste reduction will be undertaken during the second half of the year. Report Later Good Food Governance 11. Developing and strengthening food partnerships 12. Making good food a priority in the council's area Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Promote Fairtrade principles in the council’s area together with members of the Fairtrade steering group and renew the Fairtrade Zone status of the council Fairtrade Zone Status renewed by August 2023 After submitting its application, the Council successfully renewed its Fairtrade Zone Status. The application showed that recently the Council worked in partnership with 13 local Fairtrade groups including community organisations, colleges, and businesses; organised or participated in seven Fairtrade events; promoted Fairtrade principles in schools during the Fairtrade Fortnights; generated around 10 media articles; financially supported the Scottish Fairtrade Forum; sponsored Fairtrade awards at the Scottish Fairtrade Award; and is serving Fairtrade coffee in council premises and in South Lanarkshire Leisure and Culture premises. Green Page 16 of 17 93
Page 94
IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) IMPROVe - SLC Performance Management System Report printed on Thursday 25 January 2024 10:21:35am Good Food Strategy actions and measures (level 2) Good Food Governance 11. Developing and strengthening food partnerships 12. Making good food a priority in the council's area Action Measures Comments/ Progress Status Demonstrated activities promoting Fairtrade principles The Council supported the Fair Trade Education Award at the Scottish Fair Trade Awards Ceremony 2023. Most of the promotional activities will take place during the Fairtrade Fortnight in February 2024. Green Encourage and facilitate information sharing among participants of the Good Food Forum and encourage a partnership approach to progress the objective of the food strategy Demonstrated activities to encourage and facilitate networking and partnership 59 participants from the private, third and public sectors are now part of the South Lanarkshire Good Food Forum discussion list. The discussion list was also promoted to partners of the Community Planning Partnership. Green Facilitate discussions on local food production at the next Rural Community Conference (scheduled in March 2024) Agenda, participants and outputs from the discussion The Rural Community Conference will take place in March 2024. Preparation for the conference started at quarter two and the agenda, list of participants and outputs from the discussion will be presented in the Q4 Good Food Strategy update report. Green Work with partners including the Community Planning Partnership to define and implement collective actions to progress the objectives of the Good Food Strategy Demonstrated actions to increase partnership working among partners and collective actions developed The Community Planning Partnership (CPP) Food Group was constituted after nomination of its members during summer 2023. The group is now considering the implementation of the action plan approved by the CPP Board including promoting good food across the partnership, increasing networking among partners and with the community, sharing information and considering common actions on priority areas (i.e. food poverty and food served in public places), and monitoring national and local food related policy developments. Green Conduct a mid-term review of the Good Food Strategy Publication of the mid-term review report The mid-term review of the Good Food Strategy was completed in consultation with all food related services of the Council. It includes recommendations for the next years and for the development of the upcoming local Good Food Nation plan. Green Page 17 of 17 94
Page 95
Report Agenda Item Report to: Climate Change and Sustainability Committee Date of Meeting: 28 February 2024 Report by: Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) Subject: The Biodiversity Strategy (2024 to 2030) and Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan (2024 to 2026) 1. Purpose of Report 1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- [purpose] present the council’s new Biodiversity Strategy and Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan (BDIP) as required under the Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 2. Recommendation(s) 2.1. The Climate Change and Sustainability Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation (s):- [r] (1) that the summary of achievements and key actions from the Biodiversity Strategy 2018 to 2022 be noted; (2) that the Biodiversity Strategy (2024 to 2030), be approved; and (3) that the Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan (BDIP) (2024 to 2026), be approved and submitted to the Scottish Government by 31 March 2024. 3. Background 3.1. The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act, 2004 places a duty on public bodies to further the conservation of biodiversity. The Biodiversity Strategy and BDIP sets out how South Lanarkshire Council and the biodiversity partnership will contribute to the targets set out in the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy and identifies priorities for action. 3.2. The Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 (commonly known as the WANE Act), requires every public body in Scotland to produce a publicly available report, on compliance with the biodiversity duty. This must be completed once every three years. The latest biodiversity duty report 2023 was presented to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee on 29 November 2023 and submitted to the Scottish Government in December 2023. The report can be found on NatureScot’s and the council’s webpage. 3.3. In December 2022, the UN Biodiversity Conference (COP15) was held in Montreal, Canada. Governments came together from around the world to agree a new set of goals to guide global action to halt and reverse nature loss. Two hundred countries agreed to guide action on nature through to 2030. The Global Biodiversity Framework aims to address the biodiversity loss and restore ecosystems. The plan includes measures to halt and reverse nature loss, putting 30% of the planet and 30% of degraded ecosystems under protection by 2030. 5 95
Page 96
3.4. South Lanarkshire’s previous Biodiversity strategy covered the period 2018 - 2022. A summary of achievements and key actions against strategic objectives is presented in Appendix 1. The new South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy covers the period from 2024 to 2030 aligning with guidance from Scottish Government, The Scottish Biodiversity Strategy 2045 ‘Tackling the Nature Emergency in Scotland’ published in December 2022. The Strategy sets clear ambitions for Scotland to be nature positive by 2030, and to have restored and regenerated biodiversity by 2045. The Strategy is attached in Appendix 2. 3.5. The Biodiversity Strategy has been developed by the council, in conjunction with the Biodiversity Partnership which brings together various groups including Government agencies, advisory bodies and non-Governmental organisations with an interest in biodiversity in South Lanarkshire. Key partners include NatureScot, Scottish Wildlife Trust, Scottish Environment Protection Agency, Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network, Butterfly Conservation and the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds. 3.6. The council is a key member of the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership and the Biodiversity Strategy sets an agreed framework for furthering the conservation of biodiversity across South Lanarkshire. The Strategy focuses on key ecosystems and sets out objectives and actions for delivery by various partners. 3.7. The council has a significant influence on biodiversity as a major landowner, as a planning authority and through the impacts of its wider service delivery. Direct council delivery of the biodiversity duty is managed and monitored through the council’s Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan (BDIP). The BDIP is presented in Appendix 3. 3.8. The BDIP sets out objectives and outcomes that have been agreed with resource representatives. The BDIP represents the council’s statement of its delivery against the biodiversity duty; monitoring of the BDIP informs the council’s statutory reporting to the Scottish Government. 4. Key points 4.1. The fourth Biodiversity Strategy for South Lanarkshire takes a long-term approach to ecosystem conservation and restoration, with short and medium-term actions contributing towards the long term aims and overall vision of the strategy. The strategy’s vision will look towards 2030 and beyond, in line with the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy. 4.2. The overall vision of the Biodiversity Strategy is: “The future of South Lanarkshire will consist of a suite of robust ecosystems which can adapt to climatic changes without the wide scale breakdown of local ecosystem services, habitat fragmentation and species extinction.” 4.3. Several cross-cutting themes have been identified which set out how the council and its partners will protect and enhance biodiversity in South Lanarkshire through an ecosystems approach. This will ensure that species are conserved through wider conservation action such as habitat management and restoration. 4.4. The ecosystems identified in South Lanarkshire are: Freshwater and Wetland Lowland and Farmland Peatland 96
Page 97
Upland Urban Woodland 4.5. The Strategy also considers the following cross cutting themes: Key Sites Invasive non-native species (INNS) Soils and geology Climate change People and nature. 4.6. The BDIP reflects the priorities and outcomes within the Biodiversity Strategy and articulates how the council will achieve its duty to conserve biodiversity. The BDIP acknowledges the South Lanarkshire Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy, which emphasises the importance of achieving the councils biodiversity duty. 4.7. The BDIP reflects guidance from Scottish Government and includes examples of our achievements to date and actions going forward: Actions to protect biodiversity Includes examples of our achievements. Governance How the council manages biodiversity and ensures compliance with the duty. Mainstreaming, nature-based solutions and climate change How the council incorporate biodiversity, nature- based solutions and climate change measures across a wide range of services, policies, plans and strategies. Public engagement and workforce development How we continue to work with partners, including our communities and staff to promote and raise awareness of biodiversity and it importance. Actions, monitoring and review Sets out our key planned actions for the next three years and how we will monitor our actions and activities to meet reporting commitments. 4.8. Implementation of the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy, together with the Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan, will have direct impact in stemming the decline of biodiversity assets within South Lanarkshire. Both plans will help ensure the effective management of these assets, which in turn will help to improve the quality and richness of the local environment across all ecosystems. 5. Employee Implications 5.1. There are no direct employee implications with this report. The Council’s Biodiversity Officer works in conjunction with all Council Resources and partners to deliver the Councils objectives around biodiversity. 6. Financial Implications 6.1. There are no additional revenue implications associated with this report. NRF funding of £0.545m was received for 2023/24. An update on NRF spend to date was provided in the BDIP report presented to Climate Change and Sustainability Committee on 29 November 2023 and can be found in the background papers. 97
Page 98
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 7.1. Improvements to biodiversity have the potential to help mitigate the effects of climate change for example through natural flood management and carbon storage. There is also a need for biodiversity to be improved to make natural systems better able to cope with the impacts of a changing climate, such as improving habitat networks to increase species resilience. 7.2. Biodiversity actions are incorporated in the Council’s Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy. Measures are reported on through statutory Climate Change Duties. 7.3. The existing Biodiversity Strategy and BDIP have both undergone a full Strategic Environmental Assessment. The Environmental Reports and post-adoption statements are available on the Council website. South Lanarkshire Council has undertaken screening for the proposed South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy and BDIP with regard to the requirements of section 9 of the Environmental Assessment (Scotland) Act 2005. 7.4. The Screening Report was submitted and approved to the Scottish Government’s SEA Gateway in May 2023, the report sets out the views of South Lanarkshire Council on the likelihood of significant environmental effects for the proposed Strategy and the potential for requiring an SEA. 8. Other Implications 8.1. Reporting requirements under the biodiversity duty have implications for all Resources. Targets and measures set out in the Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan are agreed with all Resources. The Countryside and Greenspace Section offer support and guidance and undertake the collation of measures and preparation of the statutory reports. 9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements 9.1. Equality impact assessments were carried out for the existing Biodiversity Strategy and the SLC Biodiversity Implementation Plan. 9.2. There were no consultation arrangements attached to this report. David Booth Executive Director (Community and Enterprise Resources) 8 February 2024 Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes Values Focused on people and their needs Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent Ambitious, self-aware and improving Fair, open and sustainable Priorities We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places We will work to recover, progress and improve Outcomes Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live 98
Page 99
Thriving business, fair jobs and vibrant town centres Caring, connected, sustainable communities People live the healthiest lives possible Previous References South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy and Biodiversity Implementation Plan: Community and Enterprise Resources Committee – 22 May 2018 Edinburgh Declaration: Climate Change and Sustainable Development Committee – 28 Apr 2021 Biodiversity Duty Report: Climate Change and Sustainable Development Committee – 4 Nov 2020 List of Background Papers South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Duty Reports Scottish Biodiversity Strategy 2045 Tackling the Nature Emergency Scotland Contact for Further Information If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact:- Kevin Carr, Head of Facilities, Waste and Grounds Tel: 07788 351841 E-mail: kevin.carr@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 99
Page 100
100
Page 101
Action Plan Summary Report for South Lanarkshire’s Biodiversity Strategy 2018-2022 and Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan 2018-2022 If you need this information in a different format or language, please contact us to discuss how we can best meet your needs. phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 5 101
Page 102
Actions achieved since the last Biodiversity Strategy 2018 - 2022 The following table identifies the actions and outcomes achieved since the last Biodiversity Strategy in reaching our strategic outcomes: Strategic Outcome Action achieved since last strategy Strategic Outcome 1: Invasive non-native species are monitored and controlled. We continue to highlight the problem of invasive non-native species (INNS) within South Lanarkshire. Created a guide to INNS on the South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) webpage: Information on Invasive Non-Native Species providing information on identification, together with links to contacts for help and guidance on monitoring and control. A position statement has been produced where the council will respond to reports of INNS on their land. We maintain a database of priority one species, monitor, and evaluate control methods and distribute records to relevant organisations. Removal and control of INNS has been part of the Nature Restoration Fund (NRF). Work has included rhododendron control within our Country Parks and Local Nature Reserves (LNR) and has eradicated fungal pathogen identified at Calderglen Country Park. Strategic Outcome 2: Designated and locally important sites are conserved. In 2022, SLC and NatureScot (NS) designated a total of 17 Local Nature Reserves (LNR), with 16 new sites adding to the existing one at Langlands Moss. LNRs now cover 610 hectares in total (previously 20ha). These encompass a broad spectrum of habitats including raised bog, ancient broadleaved woodland, riparian woodland, grasslands, wetland, and freshwater. Strategic Outcome 3: People have opportunities to connect with nature A strong track record of partnership working in South Lanarkshire in which biodiversity has a key role. Many of our designated Local Nature Reserves have a dedicated “friend’s” community groups attached to them. These groups work in partnership with many national organisations and engage in nation- wide biodiversity projects with many different organisations including Butterfly Conservation (BS), Buglife, NatureScot (NS), Froglife, Bat Conservation, Green Action Trust (GAT), Plantlife, The Woodland Trust and Keep Scotland Beautiful. The average time spent volunteering each year is 4746 days (2018 to 2023), which equates to 102
Page 103
£474,600 annually (based on £100 per day). Events, activities, training, and projects within South Lanarkshire are promoted on the South Lanarkshire Countryside Rangers Facebook page. In 2021, CAG produced a draft report, celebrating the achievements of the many volunteer groups who have worked in South Lanarkshire over a period of ten years (2011 to 2021). The report found that 900 hectares of land have been improved for biodiversity and access. Strategic Outcome 4: Freshwater habitats are improved and preserved. In 2022, SLC identified three LNR’s to undergo a hydrological and wetland feasibility study. The aim of the study was to identify the ability to improve the hydrology of the three sites supporting wetland and peatland habitats, to benefit biodiversity and mitigate the impacts of climate change including flooding and increased rainfall. The Biggar Water Restoration Project. The Heritage Funded Biggar Water Restoration Project lead by the Tweed Forum in partnership with SEPA, SLC and Scottish Borders Council aims to restore the natural alignment and function along a 2km section of river in two key areas within Biggar. Improvements to the watercourse include reprofiling banks, planting with native trees, creating areas of open water and wetland vegetation and the introduction of large wood structures for bank protection and habitat creation. The project aims to enhance the quality of the surrounding amenity greenspace, improved public access and built in resilience to the impact of localised flooding and climate change. The feasibility survey has been completed and the work is due to be completed in 2025. Strategic Outcome 5: The biodiversity value of low-lying farmland is improved. The RSPB’s Clyde Valley Wader Initiative This partnership includes around 30 upland livestock farmers, SAC Consulting and Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB) Scotland. It is focussed on developing and testing new farming and conservation management to conserve the region’s important populations of wading birds particularly, the northern lapwing, Eurasian curlew, common snipe, oystercatcher and redshank. The UK population of these once common species is in decline, with curlew and lapwing on the UK Red List of species most at risk, while the common snipe, redshank and oystercatcher are on the Amber List. Scotland holds an estimated 15% of 103
Page 104
the global breeding population of Eurasian curlew. Since 2019 RSPB staff and local volunteers have monitored 600 nests, gaining valuable data on why and where nests hatch or fail. Strategic Outcome 6: Peatlands are protected and improved. Langlands Moss LNR Peatland Restoration Project: In early 2020 Langlands Moss LNR underwent a dramatic transformation as part of a £202,000 peatland restoration project in partnership with Green Action Trust (GAT) and NatureScot (NS). A feasibility survey was commissioned by SLC in 2018 through NatureScot’s Peatland Action Fund to determine the potential of the site for eco-hydrological restoration. The average peat depth was found to be 139cm, with deeper pockets of over nine metres. The volume of peat equates to 298,199.6m3 with an estimated carbon content of 28,925 tonnes of carbon. With this evidence from the study, we decided to remove the large stand of conifer trees and dam the drains associated with the forestry plantation, with the aim to increase the water level in and around the raised bog. The project involved removing an area of 20.15ha of over mature conifer trees, a protected species survey, removal of brash from the surface of the peat, the installation of twenty-one peat dams and five bunds, resulting in installing approximately 278 metres length of dams at the reserve. By felling the conifer trees and blocking the associated drainage ditches, we are allowing the water table to rise back to its natural level, preventing the underlying peat from drying out and, in time, restore the growth of sphagnum mosses to make the peat an active carbon sink once again. Butterfly Conservation Lanarkshire's Large Heaths and Mosses - Restoring Precious Peatlands The project launched in 2023 focusing on a cluster of peatlands sites to the north-east of Lanark including Braehead Moss SSSI, Cranley Moss SSSI and Blacklaw Moss Wood. The restoration work is aimed at re-wetting bogs so that natural flora and fauna can thrive and peat formation can take place again in the future. Large Heath Survey 2022 / 2023 in South Lanarkshire During the 2022 and 2023 summer seasons, Butterfly Conservation Scotland ran a volunteer- led large heath survey across lowland raised bogs in Scotland. 104
Page 105
Strategic Outcome 7: Uplands are managed in a sustainable way. As part of the windfarm development, many of which are in the upland areas, large areas of land are covered by Habitat Management Plans (HMP). Each plan has a Management Group who meet once a year to oversee the preparation of the approved HMP. Representatives from SLC, RSPB along with the developers, landowners, and ecologists have powers to make reasonable changes to the plan to deliver its agreed aims. The plans aim to improve, monitor, and maintain habitats such as woodland, peatland, wet heath with monitoring and measures to benefit biodiversity especially waders and raptors, including hen harriers and black grouse. Over 11,000ha of land (approximately 6.3% of the total land area) is managed in this way. Strategic Outcome 8: The urban environment of South Lanarkshire benefits biodiversity. Buglife B-lines Scotland in the Clyde Valley. Buglife’s B-line project with funding from NS, continues to create and map B-Lines across the Central Scotland Green Network (GSGN) area covering over 10,000 hectares and 19 local authorities. Creating grassland habitat and enhancing sites for wildlife. In 2019 South Lanarkshire Council Grounds Service Team (GS) and Countryside and Greenspace Service (CAG) worked with Buglife to improve 12 sites throughout Lanark, Kirkfieldbank, and Crossford for pollinator species such as bees and hoverflies. Clyde Grasslands Project Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network (GCV) launched the Clyde Grassland project in 2023 aimed at boosting grassland habitats for wildlife across the region. The project aims to help retore some of the 97% of species rich grassland lost since the 1940’s in the UK, by creating and restoring wildflower meadow and linking them up through greenspaces, road verges and farmland. CAG have been working with GCV since 2021 identifying priority and key grassland habitats for this project. Helping Hands for Butterflies In partnership with Butterfly Conservation the “Helping Hands for Butterflies” was a three-year project that ended in October 2022 and engaged with over 700 people throughout the central belt of Scotland. Making Space for Pollinators report 2023. In November 2023, South Lanarkshire council produced a report summarising the work undertaken over several years to help conserve and enhance for pollinators and their habitats. 105
Page 106
Strategic Outcome 9: Vacant and Derelict Land contributes to biodiversity. Between 2006 and 2023, 502.35 ha of previously vacant and derelict land have been taken forward for development or greening in South Lanarkshire. Sites include Milton LNR, Fernbrae Meadow LNR, Redlees LNR and Glen Esk Urban Park. Strategic Outcome 10: Woodlands are restored and managed. The Clyde Climate Forest (CCF) will see 18 million trees planted in both urban and rural parts of Glasgow City Region over the next decade. Trees, woodlands and forests are recognised as essential if we are to address the climate and nature crisis by reducing damaging atmospheric emissions and to assist in a nature recovery. The project is part of the Green Network Blueprint and is in partnership with GCV Green Network’s Strategic Habitat Network. The CCF aims to increase canopy cover, connectivity and carbon storage. To aid future tree planting and increase canopy cover within South Lanarkshire, GAT and CCF in 2023 carried out an assessment into the CCF landholdings for woodland creation. Clyde Valley Woodlands National Nature Reserve (NNR) This composite NNR comprises six sites which are managed by their respective owners: SLC, Scottish Wildlife Trust (SWT) and NatureScot. The sites are managed under joint objectives; members of staff attend regular steering group meetings. 106
Page 107
Actions achieved since the last Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan (BDIP) 2018 - 2022 Mainstreaming: The council has incorporated biodiversity measures into various policy areas. There are strong links between biodiversity and a range of council activities and services. No. Actions from last report Outcomes achieved since last report 1. Strategic Environmental Assessments (SEA) are carried out for all qualifying policies, plans, programmes and strategies (PPPS) SEAs plans completed: 2020 – 5 2021 – 7 2022 – 11 2023 - 8 2. The Biodiversity Duty is reflected in resource and service plans Biodiversity key part of the SEA process - 31 plans have gone through this process between 2020-23 and include: Community Plan 2022-2032 Council Plan 2022-2027 Sustainable Development and Climate Strategy (22-27) SLC State of the Environment Report (2023). 3. Develop and implement an Open Space Strategy for South Lanarkshire. In 2022 all the background work has been completed in partnership with Glasgow and Clyde Valley Greenspace (GCV) and CAG. Identified, surveyed, classified and mapped all open space within SL. Production of the open space strategy is now with planning and regulatory services. 4. Review and update Supplementary Guidance which supports the Local Development Plan In 2022 – Planning and Regulatory Services started a review of SL ‘Green Policies’ and supplementary guidance. This includes a review of the new guidance from National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4). Currently developing Local Development Plan 3 (LDP3). Regular meetings with other resources to discuss NPF4 policy principles, which includes biodiversity, natural places, soils, woodlands and blue and green infrastructure etc… 5. Ensure biodiversity is a key consideration of the Sustainable Development Strategy and climate change reporting The climate and nature crisis are seen as twin emergencies. Actions for biodiversity within the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy (SDCCS) 2022-27. Climate change is a key consideration within the new Biodiversity Strategy 2024-30, where climate change is one of the five cross cutting challenges. 107
Page 108
6 Identify and consult on proposed Local Nature Reserves through the Local Development Plan process Public consultation through the ‘Main Issues’ report as part of the LNR designation process. Large body of work from initial stages in 2017 to LNR designation in 2022. 7. Designate proposed Local Nature Reserves as agreed through the planning process Feb 2022 formal designation of 17 LNRs (16 new, double size of original LNR at Langlands Moss in East Kilbride). 8. Investigate development of framework for the designation and monitoring of Local Nature Conservation Sites, in collaboration with landowners CAG surveyed and assessed over 150 potential LNCS, continue to work with planning services to identify council owned sites to formally designate as part of LDP3. 9. Finalise and implement Invasive Non-Native Species (INNS) strategy Guidance, position statement and Information on SLC webpage invasive non native species 10. Develop and implement a Tree Policy and Action Plan Officer in post 2023 (within CAG team) to develop Tree Canopy Cover Strategy. Conserving and enhancing biodiversity: The action the council has taken since the last BDIP to conserve and enhance biodiversity in South Lanarkshire. No. Action Outcomes achieved since last report 11. Review current grass management practice, particularly for sites with actual or potential biodiversity value Since 2021, 155 grassland areas have been improved for nature in SL. Covering approx. 62.77ha. Has included partnership working, volunteer training and workshops. 12. Review application of herbicides on council land with the aim to reduce use as much as possible 30 % reduction in the use of glyphosate, Ground Services (GS) tested various methods and alternatives to weed control and INNS, particularly along watercourse and within our LNRs. 13. Road verges outside settlements are cut once a year during the growing season, except where safety requires otherwise Continue to reduce the number of grass cuts to all verges owned by SLC from six to one cut per year. Except where safety reasons demand a more regular cut. 14. Investigate opportunities to maximise the use of native and pollinator friendly plants on Council owned land Nov 2023 - Production of the ‘Making Space for Pollinators’ report highlighting aims, projects and events within SL to help improve our grasslands for nature and pollinators. 15. Review practice of strimming and use of herbicide at base of trees Complete, GS have reduced this practice. 16. Investigate the use of green infrastructure to improve air quality, particularly that which favours native and pollinator friendly species SLC declared x3 Air Quality Management Areas and Action Plan setting out measures to improve air quality. Revising current Air Quality Action Plan to include links to biodiversity and Nature Based Solutions. Partnership working with Grow 73 creating B-line and pollinator friendly areas next to busy roads in Rutherglen. The development of ‘Betterpoints’ an awards app to encourage people to walk, cycle or use public transport. More points given when visiting LNR. 108
Page 109
October 2023 – Air Quality and Climate Change co- benefits Study. 17. Develop assessment of biodiversity assets: • SUDS location and biodiversity value • Changes to native woodland cover • Land under Habitat Management Plan framework The council has installed a tree asset management software called Tree plotter (inventory). This software allows the recording of the quantity, quality, nature and condition, of the councils tree assets along with the value individual trees provide in terms of ecosystem services, such as carbon sequestration, in monetary terms. The council has aligned this the woodland condition survey requirements NatWoodCondSurv (1).pdf and phase 1 habitat survey. The interactive map TreePlotter – South Lanarkshire Council (pg-cloud.com) The software will help manage, protect and enhance council trees and support the Clyde Climate Forest (CCF). The software has also been adapted to help record potential tree planting sites at a landscape level and supports the development of Tree plotter (canopy) software. 18. Carry out flood studies which may allow for natural flood management measures Surveys completed in 2022 at 3 LNRs as part of the wider flood study for East Kilbride. Reports and management suggestions for: - Low Parks - Langlands Moss - Mossneuk. 19. Investigate and control the impacts of increasing deer populations to the urban environment, particularly woodlands Ongoing – 2018 survey completed for Low Park LNR. 20. Investigate the inclusion of biodiversity value habitat within mineral restoration sites Ongoing 21. Remove sites from the Vacant and Derelict Land (VDL) Register where they have attained a habitat that contributes to biodiversity The council’s biodiversity strategy encourages the removal from the register of derelict sites which have become naturalised. Between 2006 and 2023, 502.35 ha of previously vacant and derelict land have been taken forward for development or greening in South Lanarkshire. The 2021 take up figures include Milton Cottages Local Nature Conservation Site in Carluke (4 ha), a further three vacant and derelict sites were taken forward for community food growing and Scottish Water took forward a site at Rutherglen for flood management infrastructure. In 2022, the figures include Cunningar Loop (8.01 ha), a woodland park on the banks of the River Clyde in Rutherglen. Since 2022, 19 sites, totalling 55 ha have been surveyed and removed. The 2023 take up figure includes isolated former coal bings which have naturalised and removed for definitional reasons. 22. INNS are recorded, monitored and controlled INNS recorded and treated (by Grounds Services): 431 (2021), 530 (2023) 23. Ensure Habitat Management Plans (HMP) related to windfarm developments are prepared and implemented where required Biodiversity officer and Planning officer attend HMP meetings throughout the year. Comment on new windfarm planning applications regarding biodiversity. Over 11,000ha of land in South Lanarkshire is managed this way. 109
Page 110
24. Develop agreement with the Local Biological Records Centre at Glasgow Museums to digitise and mobilise records All biological records sent annually, and Glasgow Museums send monthly records from their database for SL. 25. Conduct a Learning for Sustainability audit in schools which includes information on outdoor learning 60 % of schools achieving greenflag Ecoschools award 2021. Ongoing Forest school training and John Muir award scheme. 26. Investigate the potential to carry out a forest canopy cover assessment and set canopy targets In 2022 employed two Woodland Officers to monitor the impact of ash dieback on council owned land. In 2023 they are surveying tree canopy cover - using a Geographical Information System (GIS). The council continues to use the i-Tree Canopy software to estimate canopy cover at a ward level. The interactive map; Canopy cover map of UK In partnership the CCF - Clyde Climate Forest SL’s Urban Tree Canopy cover has been analysed and made available in this interactive map: Clyde Climate Forest – Urban Tree Canopy & Target Neighbourhoods (arcgis.com). Data include location, height and crown extent for every tree or shrub (including bushes) that is 3m or taller. The council has accessed open source 2018 canopy cover maps for SL with 20m resolution and accuracy minimum 90%. Tree Cover Density 2018 — Copernicus Land Monitoring Service Canopy cover target - As part of the CCF - Clyde Climate Forest the council has committed to a target of increasing the average tree canopy cover in urban South Lanarkshire to 20%. The three initial target neighbourhoods are here Clyde Climate Forest – Urban Tree Canopy & Target Neighbourhoods (arcgis.com). The council is developing an interactive web based urban forestry tool to view, plan and grow canopy cover on a right tree, right place basis. 27. For non-woodland trees within our control, investigate replacement planting standards Until the Tree Canopy Cover Strategy is approved the council will replace felled trees on the following basis The council will consider using i-tree ecosystem services to inform tree loss mitigation standards. 28. For woodlands in our control, review the Woodland Trusts woodland Access Standards As part of the developing Tree Canopy strategy the council will consider the feasibility of an aspirational target of measuring success by the 3:30:300 rule once existing CCF - Clyde Climate Forest targets have been successfully delivered. 110
Page 111
29. Progress a variety of projects that benefit species or habitats of importance within South Lanarkshire - Designation of 17 LNR’s. - Over £1million Nature Restoration funded habitat improvement work and INNS removal in our LNR’s and local greenspaces. - £200k NatureScot’s Peatland Action Fund to restore peatlands at Langlands Moss. - Woodland feasibility study of broadleaved woodland in LNRs. - Pollinator projects with Butterfly Conservation and Buglife. - Over 100 events, activities and training days with local communities to promote and enhance biodiversity at our LNR’s. - Planting over 35,000 trees as part of the CCF and ash dieback recovery. Partnership Working: The council works in partnership with external bodies and communities to deliver biodiversity outcomes. No. Action Outcomes achieved since last report 30. Co-ordinate and provide officer support for the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership (SLBP) Regular contact with partners to discuss new projects and progress. 31. Facilitate and chair annual meetings of the SLBP and sub- groups Meet once a year for SLBP and for sub-groups. 32. Implement and report progress on SLC led actions set out in the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy to partners 2023 regular contact with partners to discuss new Biodiversity Strategy. 33. The Countryside Ranger Service provides training, events and information to volunteers and communities Events held in our LNRs throughout the year, average 115 per year. 34. The Countryside Ranger Service provides regular opportunities for volunteers to be involved with improving greenspaces for people and biodiversity Average 4746 days volunteer time per year (equates to £474,600). 35. The Countryside Ranger Service provides direct support for community groups to improve their local space Continue to work with LNR Friends groups, attending regular meetings, AGMs, help with funding, arrange training and events. 36. Continue to work with external partners including the Central Scotland Green Network, Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network Partnership (GCV) and Clyde and Avon Valley Landscape Partnership to further the conservation of biodiversity Butterfly Conservation’s (BC) – ‘Helping hands for Butterfly’ Project, Bogsquad. Buglife – B- lines, creation of nature networks, habitats mapping with GCV. Included training events for habitat management and survey work for priority species. 111
Page 112
37. Continue to further the conservation of biodiversity through initiatives such as City Deal and Clyde Gateway Ongoing; East Kilbride / Greenhills extension included badger mitigation measures, creation of artificial sett, tree planting, SUDs. 38. Taking Learning Outdoors project with Scottish Natural Heritage to connect schools with local greenspaces 2022: Learning Outdoors program completed with NatureScot funding. 80 children and 10 staff pilot at Neilsland LNR. 39. Meet with resource colleagues annually to review BDIP actions and progress Contact for 3-year Bio Duty report 2023 and for new BDIP 2024. 40. Investigate the development of a Geodiversity Plan and site designations that identify locally important sites In discussions with planning 41. Create areas of wildflower meadow, in partnership with Buglife 2019 – B-line now established 12 sites in Crossford, Lanark and Kirkfieldbank. Continue to monitor and manage. 42. Survey relevant Vacant and Derelict Land sites and deliver site projects, in partnership with Central Scotland Green Network Trust. Four former brownfield sites now managed for nature at: - Milton Woods LNR - Fernbrae Meadows LNR - Redlees LNR - Glen Esk Urban park 2023 Report written for The Glasgow Naturalist on the restoration of these sites. 43. Investigate the development of a project to improve lowland raised bog, taking advantage of the Peatland Action Fund 2018 – NS peatland feasibility survey for Langlands Moss LNR, found significant levels of peat under plantation woodland. 2019-2022 – Peatland action fund £202,000 restoration project. 2022 – continue to work with GCV peatland officer to investigate the possibility of peatland restoration work on a cluster of peat bogs to the south of East Kilbride. Communications: the council make use of their daily contact with the public to communicate, educate and promote biodiversity. Within the council, staff are kept aware of and up to date with biodiversity issues, changes and opportunities. No. Action Outcomes achieved since last report 44. The importance of biodiversity and its place in South Lanarkshire is promoted to staff Online learning course on biodiversity 45. The importance of biodiversity and its place in South Lanarkshire is promoted to the public Volunteer newsletter, CAG Facebook page promoting all CAG events and activities. 46. Staff and contractors are made aware of protected or important species and habitats - Carryout protected species surveys on LNR’s. - Provide guidance on planning applications where protected species and habitats may be affected. 112
Page 113
47. The importance of biodiversity in mitigating against the effects of climate change is promoted, as well as the need for biodiversity to be capable of adaptation - Effects of climate change on nature highlighted within new Biodiversity Strategy (2024-2030). - Biodiversity promoted via Climate Change and Sustainability Committee. - Actions for biodiversity within the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy (22-27). 48. Biodiversity materials are made available to teachers through Glow (the educational intranet platform) Ongoing 49. State of the Environment (SOE) pages on Glow are regularly updated with information on biodiversity SOE report updated every two years, last report 2023. 50. Staff, partners and communities are made aware of INNS and encouraged to report their location - INNS guidance on SLC webpage. - Continue to work with Grounds Services to report, monitor and control INNS. - Countryside and Greenspace (CAG) continue to work with volunteers removing INNS from LNRs. 51. Volunteering opportunities related to biodiversity are promoted to staff and communities CAG continues to promote biodiversity on the SL Countryside Ranger Facebook page. Highlighting events, activities and training opportunities provided by CAG, friends groups, volunteers and other interest groups throughout South Lanarkshire. 113
Page 114
114
Page 115
South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy 2024 - 2030 If you need this information in a different format or language, please contact us to discuss how we can best meet your needs. phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 5 115
Page 116
Contents Executive Summary Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2. Strategic Framework Chapter 3. Our ecosystems and challenges Chapter 4. Freshwater and wetlands Chapter 5. Lowland and farmland Chapter 6. Peatland Chapter 7. Upland Chapter 8. Urban Chapter 9. Woodland Chapter 10. Monitoring Appendix 1: Our strategic outcomes Appendix 2: Acronyms Figure 1: A Nature Positive Scotland by 2030, adapted from the Global Goal for Nature. Figure 2: Distribution of peatland and deep peat soils throughout South Lanarkshire. Figure 3: Map showing the coverage woodland, semi-improved neutral grassland, peatland and wetland habitats throughout South Lanarkshire. Figure 4: Map showing the location, area and types of designated sites within South Lanarkshire. Figure 5: Distribution of class 1 and 2 peatlands throughout South Lanarkshire, data NatureScot peatland survey 2016. Figure 6: Distribution of broadleaved woodland in South Lanarkshire. Figure 7: Distribution of ancient semi-natural woodland in South Lanarkshire. Figure 8: Mapping INNS within the NNR. 116
Page 117
Executive Summary The fourth Biodiversity Strategy sets out a partnership approach to guide the conservation and enhancement of biodiversity in South Lanarkshire to 2030, to ensure a focus on being nature positive. The main aims of our strategy are focused on how protecting our local biodiversity can contribute to national and global priorities, to help us to promote the protection, enhancement, and creation of habitats, and to facilitate a wider understanding of locally important habitats and species. We are facing a climate and nature emergency. Biodiversity has declined dramatically in recent decades and strong and bold action is now required to bring about the transformative change needed to halt this loss. The Intergovernmental Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystems Services (IPBES) 2019 Global Assessment identified land and sea use change, in part driven by five key drivers: direct exploitation, development, pollution, climate change and invasive non- native species. It is important that all society’s activities, not only avoids further damage and loss of nature, but helps to protect, monitor, and restore it. Centuries of habitat loss, over exploitation, intensification of farming, development, invasive species and persecution means Scotland is one of the most nature depleted countries in the world. The Natural History Museum Biodiversity indicators ranks Scotland 28th from the bottom out of more than 240 countries and territories in term of the biodiversity it has remaining. The State of Nature Report 2023 provides compelling evidence that Scotland’s wildlife continues to decline. The report reveals one in nine species are threatened with national extinction, with a 15% decline in average species abundance across closely monitored wildlife since 1994. In the last decade alone 43% of the species have declined strongly. Lichens, bryophytes and flowering plants have suffered massive declines in distribution since 1970, showing the importance of restoring key ecosystems, expanding native woodlands in tackling climate change and helping wildlife withstand its effects. Species are the building blocks of our ecosystems. Every time we allow a species to go into decline, we progressively undermine the health and functions of our ecosystems. We must not forget that these ecosystems are not only a fundamental part of the natural world but also provide us with the essential basics of life: our food, water and the air we that we breathe. A new set of international biodiversity targets has been agreed under the UN Convention on Biological Diversity through the Global Biodiversity Framework 2022. To support the delivery of these, the Scottish Government has committed to a national biodiversity strategy, a Nature Restoration Fund and to putting in place legally binding targets to restore nature, these aim to halt and reverse long-standing national declines in biodiversity. Guidance from the Scottish Government states that we need to be nature positive by 2030, where there is more nature than there is today, and by 2045 Scotland’s nature is well on its way to full recovery. Net zero and nature positive can and must be achieved together: restoring nature can be a huge part of the climate solution, as restoring our peatlands, native woodland, and grasslands to a healthy state will help lock up carbon, as well as helping our wildlife to thrive. It is becoming increasingly clear that action on a landscape scale is required to achieve the national outcomes and targets for 2045 and beyond, we all need to work together to protect and restore nature. To regenerate our ecosystems, to protect our most important nature sites and create wider nature networks so nature thrives everywhere. 117
Page 118
Chapter 1: Introduction Biodiversity, short for biological diversity, is the variety of life which inhabits planet Earth. It is every species of plant, animal, fungi and microbe, their genetic variation, and the habitats upon which all living things depend. This includes diversity within species, between species and across ecosystems. It encompasses the whole of the natural world, not just the rare or endangered and includes people. Biodiversity is a key component of life. It provides us with all the ecosystem services we need to survive, including the clean air that we breathe, water, food, shelter, and medicine. It provides employment, recreational, leisure and learning opportunities and helps us to both mitigate and adapt to climatic change. It reinforces a sense of place and our cultural identity. We are at a critical juncture. The global climate emergency and the nature emergency are twin reinforcing crises: our failure to address biodiversity loss and climate change is already impacting on our economy, society, and wider wellbeing. There is now an indisputable body of evidence that biodiversity, both globally and in Scotland, is in real trouble, our natural environment has been heavily degraded, with continued declines across much of our land and seascapes. Our efforts to address the crisis to date have generated some successes, but we urgently need to accelerate and scale up those efforts to drive a landscape scale recovery. No one can tackle these emergencies alone, so we need to have an inclusive nature positive approach that engages with communities, businesses, landowners, managers and decision makers, recognises the fundamental importance of our natural environment and to reverse biodiversity loss by 2030. This strategy will sit alongside South Lanarkshire Sustainable Development and Climate Strategy (2022-2027) and through developing and driving investment in nature-based solutions, will play a significant role in delivering our commitment to Net Zero and accelerate the restoration and regeneration of biodiversity. The Biodiversity Strategy sets out how we aim to protect and enhance biodiversity to ensure the sustainable flow of ecosystem services on which we all depend. South Lanarkshire The natural environment is an asset which can contribute to the economic growth of South Lanarkshire if it is managed and used in a sustainable manner. Many of our growth sectors, such as tourism and food production rely on the provision of ecosystem services from a high- quality natural environment. There are many other less tangible ways in which nature sustains us, contributing to our health, wellbeing, enjoyment, sense of place and cultural identity. We have a duty to ensure that biodiversity is conserved, maintained, and indeed improved for future generations. The distribution and diversity of the ecological resources within South Lanarkshire is influenced by the variety in the geography and topography of the area. There are a series of distinct landscape character areas, each with varied and valuable biodiversity assets. Some of these assets are internationally important, with others of national or local significance. Although the area is mainly agricultural land, there are pockets of natural and semi natural habitats, including ancient woodland, peatland and upland moorland. The urban greenspace such as public parks, rivers, allotments and sporting areas, make a significant contribution to urban biodiversity and our quality of life and can contribute to improving physical and mental health and wellbeing. In South Lanarkshire, the main environmental pressures having an adverse effect on biodiversity include fragmentation of habitats affecting connectivity of systems, invasive non- native species and the inappropriate location of urban development or development that is insensitive to the local natural environment. Arguably, the greatest potential pressure on 118
Page 119
ecosystem function is climate change, with habitat fragmentation restricting the movement of species in response to this. Society and biodiversity are interdependent. Sustainable development, therefore, requires the protection of biodiversity to occur. Taking an integrated approach to conservation through the ecosystem approach may help to take forward sustainable development and sustainable use of resources for the protection of biodiversity and in mitigating the harmful effects of climate change and pollution as well as assisting with climate adaptation. The biodiversity and environment of South Lanarkshire is a valuable asset, providing the basis for services which are of direct benefit to our economy and communities. The South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership (SLBP) was formed in 1997. The work of the group is based on six broad aims: • Co-ordinate biodiversity related activity and identify gaps in delivery. • Bring together expertise and resources, enabling innovation and project delivery. • Create links between sectors and bring together those working on the ground with policy and decision makers. • Create new partnerships and explore new opportunities. • Raise awareness and promote biodiversity. • Biodiversity is enhanced and better connected – working together to improve nature networks on a landscape scale. The Biodiversity partnership is governed through our Climate Change and Sustainability Committee (CCS), which has decision making powers to help to accelerate the pace and scale of action needed in response to the climate and nature emergencies and meeting challenging national targets. Members of the partnership include: • Butterfly Conservation Scotland (BC) • Clyde River Foundation (CRF) • Froglife (FL) • Forestry and Land Scotland (FLS) • Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network (GCV) • NatureScot (NS) • Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB) • Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) • South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) • Scottish Wildlife Trust (SWT) • Tweed Forum (TF) To help facilitate the work of the partnership, eight sub-groups have been established to work on specific issues and identify relevant projects. These groups report to the Biodiversity Partnership on an annual basis. These subgroups are: • Grassland • Peatland • Woodland • Freshwater and wetlands • Invasive, Non-Native Species • People and Nature • Nature Positive (includes VDL, nature networks) • Local Nature Conservation Sites (LNCS) 119
Page 120
Statutory assessments The Biodiversity Strategy has been assessed within by a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) Screening Report, with regards to the requirements of section 9 of the Environmental Assessment (Scotland) Act 2005. The screening report was approved in May 2023 by the Scottish Government’s SEA Gateway, setting out the views of South Lanarkshire council on the likelihood of significant environmental effects for the proposed strategy. Structure of the strategy In chapter two we set out the strategic framework in which the Biodiversity Strategy fits, our strategic approach and we identify our vision. In chapter three we set out the six key ecosystems which will be the focus of the strategy. We also identify five cross-cutting themes which are relevant to all ecosystems, some of which have associated outcomes and actions. In chapters four to nine, we consider in turn each of the key ecosystems, and set out: • An overview of the ecosystems in South Lanarkshire. • Information on the key issues relevant to the ecosystems. • The progress we have made since the last strategy was produced. • Identification of our strategic outcomes and key actions. In chapter ten, we set out how we plan to monitor progress in implementing the strategy to achieve our strategic outcomes. The appendices summarise our actions with reference to Scottish Government targets and contain a glossary of terms and acronyms. 120
Page 121
Chapter 2: Strategic Framework In this section we identify the key policy drivers at all levels which impact on the Biodiversity Strategy and outline our approach to setting our strategic vision and outcomes. International and national context The signing of the Convention of Biological Diversity in 1992 in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, was a pledge to help stop the global loss of species, habitats, and genetic resources through the development of national strategies, plans or programmes for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity. The UN Decade on Restoration was launched in 2020 with the aim of preventing, halting, and reversing the degradation of ecosystems worldwide. Through the Leaders Pledge for Nature, world leaders have committed to reversing nature loss by 2030 and delivering a nature positive world. Where nature positive means reversing the downward curve of biodiversity loss so that levels of biodiversity are once again increasing, bending the curve of biodiversity loss (see figure 1 below). The Scottish Government signed the Leaders Pledge for Nature at the UNFCCC’s 26th Conference Parties (COP26) held in Glasgow. In December 2022 the United Nations Biodiversity Conference (COP15) was held in Montreal, Canada. Governments from around the world came together to agree on a new set of goals to guide global action to halt and reverse nature loss. Two hundred countries agreed to guide action on nature through to 2030. The Global Biodiversity Framework aims to address the biodiversity loss and restore ecosystems. The plan includes measures to halt and reverse nature loss, putting 30% of the planet and 30% of degraded ecosystems under protection by 2030. The Scottish Government played a leading role in highlighting the role of sub-national governments in securing these global aims, via The Edinburgh Declaration. The draft Scottish Biodiversity Strategy 2045 –‘Tackling the Nature Emergency in Scotland’ was published in December 2022, Scottish Government’s response to the nature crisis. The Strategy sets out clear ambitions for Scotland to be Nature Positive by 2030, and to have restored and regenerated biodiversity by 2045. The strategy was published in draft form to incorporate the outcomes from COP15 and to meet the international obligations. In December 2023 a consultation on the Scotland’s Strategic Framework for Biodiversity, including a first 5 - year Delivery Plan for Scottish Biodiversity Strategy and elements of the Natural Environment Bill. Figure 1: A Nature Positive Scotland by 2030, adapted from the Global Goal for Nature. 121
Page 122
The strategy contains 26 of the most urgent priority actions which will put us on track for halting the loss of biodiversity and being nature positive by 2030. These actions will: • Accelerate restoration and regeneration. • Expand and connect protected areas and improve their condition. • Support nature-friendly farming, fishing, and forestry. • Recover and protect vulnerable and important species. • Generate the investment needed to support nature recovery. The vision by 2045 “Scotland will have restored and regenerated biodiversity across our land, freshwater, and seas. Our natural environment, our habitats, ecosystems, and species, will be diverse, thriving, resilient and adapting to climate change. Regenerated biodiversity will drive a sustainable economy and support thriving communities and people will play their part in the stewardship of nature for future generations”. By 2045 across our landscape: • Ecosystems will be diverse, healthy, resilient and deliver a wide range of ecosystem services. • Protected areas will be larger, better connected and in good condition. • The abundance and distribution of species will have recovered and there will be no loss of diversity within species. • Scotland’s internationally important species will have increased in numbers and have healthy resilient populations. • Natural capital will be embedded in policy making. • Nature-based solutions, such as tree planting, peatland and blue carbon habitat restoration, will be central to our efforts to deliver NetZero and adapt climate change. • Harmful invasive non-native species will be managed so that established INNS no longer degrade native habitats and species or impede their restoration and regeneration. • Biodiversity as a concept will be understood and valued across the population and embedded in educational curriculums. The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 sets measures to conserve and protect our natural heritage and places a duty on public bodies to further the conservation of biodiversity consistent with the proper exercise of their functions. The Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 places a legal obligation on all public bodies to report upon their delivery of this duty. We have produced a Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan and Biodiversity Duty Report in response to this duty. The Scottish Biodiversity List sets out the flora, fauna and habitats considered by Scottish Ministers to be of principal importance for biodiversity conservation. Other strategies and plans of a specific relevance to the Biodiversity Strategy include: • Scotland’s National Strategy for Economic Transformation • The Environment Strategy for Scotland Vision • The Climate Change Plan • Scotland's Blue Economy • Scotland’s Land Reform Bill • 2070 Vision for Forestry • National Planning Framework (NPF4) • Scotland's Land Use Strategy • Scotland's National Peatland Plan • Scotland's Pollinator Strategy 122
Page 123
Local context The South Lanarkshire Community Plan 2022-2032 is prepared by key public sector organisations in partnership with communities. It provides the overarching plan for the area. Its vision and priorities are reflected in the South Lanarkshire Single Outcome Agreement and the corporate plans of public bodies within the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership. The Clydeplan (Glasgow and Clyde Valley Strategic Development Plan), the South Lanarkshire Local Development Plan 2 (LDP2) and National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) take cognisance of the importance of biodiversity. Supplementary Guidance, Natural and Historic Environment and Green Networks and Greenspace provide guidance in relation to biodiversity to developers, planners, and communities. NPF4 is a long-term plan looking to 2045 that guides spatial developments, sets out national planning policies, designates national developments and highlights regional priorities. It replaces NPF3 and the Scottish Planning Policy. NPF4 now forms part of the statutory development plan, along with SLLDP2 and supporting planning guidance. From February 2023 planning applications will be assessed against these documents. As a result of the adoption of NPF4, The Clydeplan will no longer part of the development plan, but there will be a Regional Spatial Strategy in due course. Whilst not statutory it will contain many of the same things as the Clydeplan, including Nature Networks. The NPF4 highlights six overarching spatial principles that should be applied to support the planning and delivery of: • Sustainable places, where we reduce emissions, restore and better connect biodiversity. Nature.Scot - developing nature guidance. • Liveable places, where we can all live better, healthier lives • Productive places, where we have a greener fairer and more inclusive wellbeing economy. NPF4 Policy Principles relevant to this strategy include: • Policy 3: Biodiversity - To protect biodiversity, reverse biodiversity loss, deliver positive effects from development and strengthen nature networks. • Policy 4: Natural Place - To protect, restore and enhance natural assets making best use of nature-based solutions. • Policy 5: Soils – To protect carbon-rich soils, restore peatlands and minimise disturbance to soils from development. • Policy 6: Forestry, woodland and trees – To protect and expand forest, woodland and trees. • Policy 7: Greenbelts – To encourage, promote and facilitate compact urban growth and use the land around our towns sustainably. • Policy 9: Brownfield, vacant and derelict land – To encourage, promote and facilitate the reuse of brownfield sites and help reduce the need for greenfield development. • Policy 20: Blue and Green infrastructure – To protect and enhance blue and green infrastructure and their networks. • Policy 22: Flood risk and water management – To strengthen resilience to flood risk. Other strategies and plans of a specific relevance to the biodiversity strategy include: • Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy • South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Duty Implementation Report. • The Carbon Management Plan • Council Plan 2022-2027 • SLC State of the Environment Report • Firth of Clyde Biosecurity Plan • SLC Food Growing strategy • Green Network Blueprint Our Blueprint - GCV Green Network 123
Page 124
Our strategic approach to biodiversity The previous South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy (2018-2022) used an ecosystems approach which aimed to conserve at a habitat wide scale over a long period of time. Building on the experiences and challenges of developing and implementing this, the new strategy takes a pragmatic and proportionate approach to biodiversity conservation. It sets outcomes and actions articulated through the work of the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership. The strategy has cognisance of developments related to biodiversity at a national and local level, including: • Ecosystem restoration. • Ensure we secure positive effects for biodiversity from National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4). • Map and establish a Nature Network throughout South Lanarkshire, connecting nature- rich sites, restoring areas and encourage environmental projects through a series of areas of suitable habitat, habitat corridors and stepping-stones. • Support regional and national approaches to protect nature, providing local benefits to wildlife and people. • Expand, protect and monitor our designated sites working towards the national 30x30 ambition. • Protect and enhance the potential of our National Nature Reserve (NNR) as a key asset for increasing ecological connectivity. • The prevention, control, and removal of invasive, non-native species. • The Scottish Biodiversity priority list of species and habitats. • Report potential pathogens and disease in wild bird populations. • Support nature-based education, skills, and volunteering. • Continue to enhance woodland connectivity and canopy cover. • Continue to protect and enhance our peatlands. The vision for the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy: The future environment of South Lanarkshire will consist of a suite of robust ecosystems which can adapt to climatic changes without the wide scale breakdown of local ecosystem services, habitat fragmentation and species extinctions. Where we have: • A species rich network of habitats, abundant in wildlife that is enjoyed and respected by people. • Ensuring climate change resilience; resistance to invasive species; forming a foundation for ecosystem services; supporting healthy lifestyles and a vibrant, sustainable economy. • People will be able to easily access, learn about and engage with their local biodiversity directly contributing through conservation to protect and enhance it. Taking an ecosystem approach An ecosystem approach aims to protect individual species and habitats by conserving the whole of the environment in which they are found. This benefits not only wildlife, but humans too, through the maintenance of ecosystem services. “Ecosystem” means a dynamic complex of plant, animal and micro-organism communities and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit”. We take an ecosystem approach as it provides a framework for considering whole ecosystems in decision making, and for valuing their services to help ensure that society can maintain a 124
Page 125
healthy and resilient natural environment now and for future generations. Our approach builds on traditional conservation attitudes and recognises links between land, water, air, and biodiversity. Following an ecosystems approach means understanding these connections and taking account of ecosystem services in how we manage land and freshwater. An ecosystem approach can help to: • Interconnect across landscapes, so we must consider broad scale as well as local. • Takes account of how nature works and the benefits (ecosystem services) that nature provides people. These range from food and water to flood and climate control, recreation, and mental well-being. • Involves people in decision-making, both those who benefit from nature and those who manage land and freshwater. • Saves money by allowing nature to work for people rather than relying on human solutions. • Promotes collaboration and efficiency across different policies and plans. The Scottish Biodiversity Strategy applies an ecosystem approach to meeting its biodiversity targets. Protecting the land on an ecosystem approach can allow us to highlight, protect and expand our nature networks to improve ecological connectivity across the region. Natural capital and ecosystem services Natural capital is the world’s stock of natural resources. This includes air, water, minerals, and all living things. The natural resources underpin our society and economy because they provide a wide range of benefits: pollution removal, carbon sequestration, flood management. These benefits are often known as ‘Ecosystem services.’ Ecosystem services can be split into four groups: supporting, provisioning, cultural and regulating: • Provisioning services: products obtained from ecosystems (food, water and minerals, fuels). • Regulating services: benefits obtained from the regulation of the ecosystem services (climate, air quality and carbon sequestration). • Cultural services: nonmaterial benefits to people from ecosystems (aesthetic values and recreation). • Supporting services: these are necessary to produce all other ecosystem services (soil formation, photosynthesis). We can look at natural capital assets, including the physical and monetary flows of assets and the values of services that they provide, which can help us to measure aspects of the natural world and their impact upon people. Framing the natural environment in this way emphasises the need to invest in and manage this asset within safe environmental limits. The natural environment is under constant pressure, making it difficult to balance social, economic, and environmental objectives. It is important that the value of the economic contribution that the natural environment makes is recognised and that steps are taken to sustainably manage our natural resources. It is estimated that nature is worth around £196 billion per year to Scotland’s economy, for example: • In Europe it is estimated that 84% of our 264 crops are pollinated by insects. • In Scotland insect pollinators contribute around £43 million to the Scottish economy and that 80% of our wildflowers rely on insect pollination. • Tourism contributes to more than £4 billion to our economy each year. 125
Page 126
• Spending on nature-based tourism is estimated to contribute nearly 40% of all tourism spend supporting 39,000 full time equivalent jobs. • The value of walking tourism is £533 million per year. • Peat soils store ten times more carbon than all UK trees. • Scottish carbon sequestration is valued at £768 million in 2018, representing 40% of CO2 equivalent sequestrated in the UK. Scottish Natural Capital Accounts 2021 This Biodiversity Strategy aims to develop natural capital in South Lanarkshire through the implementation of projects which will conserve and build ecosystem services and raise awareness of the value of the natural environment. Nature-based solutions Nature based solutions (NBS) are actions to protect or enhance nature in a way that helps tackle the nature emergency and the climate emergency, whilst benefitting biodiversity and improving human wellbeing. NBS typically result in thriving ecosystems that store more carbon, help meet carbon reduction targets while providing homes for a greater diversity of plants and animals. They can also help reduce flood risk or provide much-needed shade as temperatures rise. The potential of nature-based solutions depends on a variety of factors, including habitat condition, how carbon is sequestered and the management of the land. There are several nature-based solutions for example restoring peatland can secure and increase the amount of carbon they store, and SUDs (Sustainable Drainage Systems) can help to control surface water, water quality and flooding, as well as creating areas for biodiversity, aesthetics, and amenity value. NBS can provide ecosystem services for urban areas providing resources, regulating environments, creating habitats, cultural and social activities. Nature Networks and 30 x 30 The Scottish Biodiversity Strategy includes a commitment to protect 30% of its land and seas for nature by 2030 and ensuring that every local authority area has a nature network to improve ecological connectivity across Scotland. The vision is that Scotland will have evolving, flexible and resilient nature networks connecting nature-rich areas allowing wildlife and natural processes to move and adapt to land use and climate change pressures. The networks will help build people’s connection to nature, providing biodiversity-rich spaces that deliver benefits, and meet the priorities of local communities for nature. Nature networks are primarily about connectivity, through protecting and managing existing habitat, restoring degraded habitat and linking everything together through the creation of new habitat in key locations. In rural situations the focus will largely be landscape scale networks across varied land uses, while in urban situations the networks and opportunities are likely to be of a smaller scale, creating permeability through barriers to nature. The concept of nature networks has been around for some time, it has found new prominence in a Scottish context through the NPF4, the recently published Local Development Plan Guidance and the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy. In response to the national and global ecological crisis these documents have the identification, protection, enhancement and expansion of nature networks as a key principle, placing a responsibility on local authorities to consider how their plans, strategies and actions will deliver on the national priority. 126
Page 127
Figure 2: The typical component of a terrestrial ecological network. Source: Lawton et al.,2010. Making space for nature: A review of England’s wildlife and ecological network. Report Defra, 107. Each local authority in Scotland will have a spatially defined nature network. The core areas in this network will include all those sites that are contributing towards 30 x 30 (protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures). LNRs and LNCS along with areas being restored for nature, will connect and contribute towards the nature networks. The connections between these core area will be delivered primarily through ecological corridors, and where this is not possible, through ‘stepping stones’ of suitable habitat. An ecological corridor is a natural or semi-natural habitat or landscape element that facilitates the movement of individuals across landscapes, especially between otherwise isolated habitats or populations. Further information can be found in Ecological Networks Protected Areas Review - Ecological Networks Think Piece | NatureScot SLC are working in partnership with Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network (GCV) mapping South Lanarkshire’s species rich areas with the aim to identify and establish nature networks throughout the region. Nature networks are a strategic, cross-boundary issue that requires a collective and consistent approach to deliver the best outcomes. The eight Glasgow City Region local authorities have produced: Developing Nature Networks for Glasgow City Region Discussion paper highlighting the key principles and constraints in developing nature networks. 127
Page 128
Figure 3: Map showing the coverage of our key woodland, semi-improved neutral grassland, peatland and wetland habitats throughout South Lanarkshire. Green Infrastructure, green and blue networks Green infrastructure is a term used to describe the networks of natural and semi-natural features that provide benefits to people. These features range from trees, woodlands (green) and ponds to rivers (blue). It can deliver multiple environmental benefits, whilst playing a key role in mitigating against the climate crisis. Developing and strengthening green infrastructures will underpin ecosystem services and contribute to healthy and resilient ecosystems. Green networks refer to the connected areas of green infrastructure and open space which together form an integrated and multi-functional habitat network. Green networks help define the landscape, providing links with the countryside and allowing movement of people and wildlife, creating opportunities for access to the outdoors. The term ‘green infrastructure’ is closely related to the natural capital concept, it focuses on the spatial arrangement of natural features as a network. Actions to enhance can take many scales from individual neighbourhoods to the wider landscape. To support this approach SLBS continues to include actions to enhance and protect its green infrastructure, green and blue networks, with an emphasis on the importance of collaborative and partnership working across different habitat types to increase connectivity. Integrated habitat networks form a key component of SLBS’s green networks where we aim to: • Protect our woodland resource, create new woodlands and continuing to plant trees in urban parks and greenspaces. 128
Page 129
• Improve LNRs, greenspaces and urban parks for biodiversity. Using appropriate measures such as reduced grass cutting and managing to create habitats such as nectar borders and berry hedges to benefit bees and other species. • Improve vacant and derelict land for wildlife. Green networks are therefore more about delivering multiple environmental, social and economic benefits, while nature networks are focused on benefitting habitats and or species. In some situations the benefits to people and nature may occur in the same location for example: a river corridor that acts as an access and habitat corridor. Landscape Scale Conservation Landscape scale conservation seeks to understand the flow of ecosystem services and consider other land uses, to deliver benefits for biodiversity and people. The strategy needs to consider the landscape scale which our priority species and habitats exist and deliver actions that contribute to wider conservation outcomes, to enhanced biodiversity which underpins ecosystem services, improved connectivity of natural places and to create a natural environment resilient to the threats of climate change, invasive species, habitat fragmentation, pests, and diseases. 129
Page 130
Chapter 3: Our ecosystems and challenges This Biodiversity Strategy focuses on six ecosystems which are of the greatest importance within South Lanarkshire: • Freshwater and Wetlands • Lowland and farmland • Peatland • Upland • Urban • Woodland Five cross cutting challenges have been identified: • Climate change • Soils and geology • Invasive, non-native species • Key sites • People and nature The cross-cutting themes do not have associated outcomes and actions plans therefore actions have been incorporated within ecosystem action plans where possible. Climate change The Global Climate Emergency and the Nature Emergency are twin reinforcing crises: the actions we take to address each are fundamental to our wellbeing and survival as a species. We need to accelerate and scale up our efforts to drive a landscape scale recovery, to restore and regenerate biodiversity across our land and freshwater, linking our ecosystems throughout South Lanarkshire to neighbouring local authorities. Scotland’s wildlife has a vital role in strengthening ecological health and helping us to build resilience in the face of the twin crises. In January 2023 NatureScot published a report on Scotland's wildlife struggling to recover from climate change and biodiversity loss, highlighted that Scotland’s birds, mammals, butterflies and moths are struggling to recover as the twin crises of biodiversity loss and climate change take effect. The abundance of the 2803 Scotland’s marine and terrestrial species have stabilised at levels similar to the 1990’s, but well below historic populations. In 2023, the fourth State of Nature Scotland Report was published highlighting that the abundance and distribution of Scotland’s species has on average declined over recent decades and most measures indicate that this decline has continued in the most recent decade. There is no let-up in the net loss of nature in Scotland. Understanding the state of nature is a starting platform for tackling losses. The social and economic consequences of living in a nature-depleted country are immense. They include impacts on human health and wellbeing, alongside direct costs associated with lost and damaged ecosystems services. For example, recent years have seen severe flooding in Scotland aggravated by poor habitat management, increased urban developments and climate change. Active investment to prevent damage to restore species and ecosystems is less costly than bearing the costs of continuing degradation. The key findings in the report included: • Average 15% decline in species abundance since 1994. • 11% of Scottish species are threatened with extinction from Great Britain • Strong decreases in plant and lichen distribution, since 1970. 130
Page 131
• 49% decline in average abundance of Scottish seabirds. • Average 15% increase in the distributions of invertebrate species, driven by climate change. Climate influences the landform processes directly shaping our hills and rivers and underpins our habitats, ecosystems and landscapes. Climate change and extreme weather events have already impacted on many aspects of our natural and human environment, including agriculture, forestry, transport, water resources, energy demand and human health. Some habitats will be affected directly, but often climate change will alter intricate ecological balances. Many of Scotland’s species are adapting to specific climatic conditions, meaning that climate change is projected to have strong effects. For example, the frequency of fires in woodland and peatlands is predicted to increase, these ecosystems play a crucial role in carbon storage, flood alleviation and water quality, whilst delivering significant biodiversity benefits. Building ecological resilience will enable biodiversity to respond and adapt to changes brought about by climate change. The natural environment can reduce the potential effects of climate change on communities by reducing the severity of flooding, absorbing and storing carbon and providing resistance to new pests and diseases. Many public sector organisations actions contribute to reducing the effects of climate change by enabling adaptation of our natural systems. Actions outlined throughout this strategy such as the conservation and improvement of peatlands will hopefully make a contribution to addressing the impacts of climate change. Soils and Geodiversity Soils underpin all ecosystems, including aquatic habitats, many organisms have co-evolved with the soils in their environment; damage to the structure and composition of soils can have profound implications for the entire ecosystem. Geology, climate and land use practices interact to form the landscape and habitats of South Lanarkshire, and the wildlife they support. Cultural and archaeological heritage can also be damaged when soils are disturbed. At a local level, erosion, compaction, contamination, and damage to soil structure can occur at significant levels; it is important to have mechanisms in place to monitor and protect soils where possible. Biodiversity is fundamentally linked to underlying geological features. The term ‘geodiversity’ or geological diversity, encompasses rocks, minerals, fossils, soils, sediments, landforms, and their processes; all of which are the foundation for biodiversity. To make progress with biodiversity, our understanding of geodiversity must increase to improve the management of nature. For example, managing our amenity grasslands to benefit wildlife requires soils with low nutrient levels to suppress the growth and dominance of grass species and increases the growth of wildflowers. Scotland’s Geodiversity Charter (2018-23) addresses the benefits of recognising the value of geodiversity, outlining its relevance and the benefits it delivers to biodiversity through support of habitats and ecosystems. It aims to promote integration of geodiversity within the ecosystem approach and to be acknowledged through policy and guidance documents at national and local level. Cross-cutting themes action plan Issues relating to the following cross-cutting themes can be applied to every ecosystem in this plan: outcomes and actions have been identified for the following three themes. Invasive, non-native species (INNS) INNS are a major driver of biodiversity loss globally. Impacts include predation, competition, hybridisation, pathogen transfer and habitat degradation. Despite recent progress in policy and legislation the threat from INNS to biodiversity is intensifying significantly in Scotland. Indicators 131
Page 132
show an increasing spread of 190 established INNS across terrestrial, freshwater, and marine environments in the UK during the last six decades. There has been no reduction in the rate of new-non-native species, with evidence that climate change and INNS will continue to impact biodiversity in a negative way, as species established in the south and spread north. People have introduced species to Scotland from other countries for the benefit of farming, forestry and horticulture. Although the majority of these do not cause issues, a small proportion designated as INNS are a significant threat to native wildlife and can have economic and social impacts. Some species are difficult to manage and eradicate. A major part of managing INNS is being aware of potential species of risk that may enter the UK and employing biosecurity measures to prevent them becoming problematic. Various organisations in the country take responsibility for this; members of the biodiversity partnership will be made aware of any future issues and will be able to act as appropriate. In South Lanarkshire, priority species for monitoring and control are Japanese knotweed and giant hogweed. Also of interest are Himalayan balsam and rhododendron. Chemical and physical control of various species takes place across the area. INNS records and treatment in South Lanarkshire. INNS Records Number Total number of INNS records 590 Records on SLC land 492 Records on private land 98 Sites being treated 530 Source: South Lanarkshire Council State of the Environment Report 2023. Making progress Since the last Biodiversity Strategy, we have continued to highlight the problem of INNS within South Lanarkshire. We have created a guide to INNS on the SLC webpage Information on Invasive Non-Native Species providing information on identification, together with links to contacts for help and guidance on monitoring and control. A position statement has been produced where the council will respond to reports of INNS on their land and consider control of giant hogweed and Japanese knotweed. We also maintain a database of priority one species, monitor, and evaluate control methods and distribute records to relevant organisations. Examples of controlling INNS within South Lanarkshire. As part of the Nature Restoration Fund priorities, South Lanarkshire’s Grounds Services Team undertook a programme of rhododendron control at Calderglen Country Park, delivering biodiversity gains by the removal of a priority INNS. This was also an important measure for the ongoing sustainability of important woodland, as some rhododendron plants were shown to host the fungal pathogen Phytophtora ramorum. Monitoring and treatment of regrowth will be an ongoing priority for the foreseeable future. The Countryside and Greenspace Team (CAG) work with many volunteers and local community groups throughout our LNRs and local greenspaces to help monitor and control the spread of INNS. Blantyre, Bothwell and Uddingston LNR is centred around the River Clyde, as a result there are significant issues with INNS - such as Japanese Knotweed and Himalayan Balsam. Supporters of the LNR have been assisting with a programme of Himalayan balsam removal at certain key sites, to observe the effects of this control on native species. Rhododendron is also a problem in the SSSI woodland, so seasonally appropriate control is undertaken too. The SLC Ground 132
Page 133
Services team have experimentally undertook some larger scale control of Japanese Knotweed using herbicide foam application. Photo 1: Showing the density of INNS Japanese Knotweed along the River Clyde. Photo 2: Removing Japanese Knotweed along the River Clyde at Bothwell LNR. Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this section and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: Strategic Outcome 1: Invasive non-native species are monitored and controlled. Action Lead partner Timescale Raise awareness and encourage reporting of INNS sightings SLBS (INNS sub- group) Ongoing Control INNS where feasible SLBP, SLC, landowners Ongoing Investigate the potential for a cross-boundary, multi-agency approach to dealing with INNS SLBS (INNS sub- group), NS Ongoing Key sites Protected areas are key pillars of nature conservation, where biodiversity is rare, sometimes endangered and globally significant. They are legally designated sites where natural features including species and habitats are safeguarded and managed for the benefit of wildlife and people. The latest State of Nature Report 2023 highlights that while 18% of Scotland’s land is currently protected, 65.2% of the features for which these areas are protected are in favourable condition, down from 67.5% on 2007. Only 3% of native woodland are in favourable condition and 80% of our peatlands are damaged and releasing carbon equivalent to an estimated 13% of Scotland’s terrestrial emissions. The report discusses the pressures affecting our designated sites, with the top pressures being INNS, overgrazing and disturbance from recreation. The Scottish Government has committed to protect at least 30% of Scotland’s land for nature by 2030. NatureScot has been undertaking a co-design process with stakeholders to develop a framework for 30x30 in parallel with a framework for delivering nature networks. A new monitoring and surveillance strategy for protected areas is also being developed in Scotland. 133
Page 134
By 2030 the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy aims to: • Expand our protected areas to at least 30% of the land surface. • Ensure that every local authority area has a nature network of locally driven projects improving ecological connectivity across Scotland. • Ensure positive effects on biodiversity from NPF4 and that Nature Networks are integrated into the urban fabric, ecologically coherent and prominent in our school, health, neighbourhood and community spaces. Development proposals will contribute to the enhancement of biodiversity including, where relevant, restoring degraded habitats and building and strengthening nature networks. • Realise the potential of NNR as key assets for building landscape-scale approached and increasing nature connectedness. Designated sites in South Lanarkshire There are many different designations for preserving ecologically important habitats and species in South Lanarkshire. These range from international designations such as Special Protected Areas (SPA) and Special Areas of Conservation (SAC) to locally designated sites, including Local Nature Reserves (LNR). South Lanarkshire is home to one SPA, Muirkirk and North Lowther Uplands covering 26,832ha the SPA is an extensive area of moorland extending south near Darvel in South Ayrshire to near Kirkconnel in Dumfries and Galloway. Four areas of the SPA lie within SL an area of outstanding interest for its variety of upland habitats and breeding birds. SL is home to seven SACs, these together with the SPA are called Natura sites and are internationally important for threatened habitats and species. Figure 4: Map showing the location, area and types of designated sites within South Lanarkshire. 134
Page 135
The seven Special Areas of Conservation (SAC) within South Lanarkshire are: • Braehead Moss • Clyde Valley Woods • Coalburn Moss • Craigengar (with West Lothian) • Cranley Moss • Red Moss • Waukenwae Moss South Lanarkshire is home to one National Nature Reserve (NNR): The Clyde Valley Woodlands one of Scotland’s oldest and richest forest supporting ancient oak woods supporting a rich diversity of birds, mammals and invertebrates. SL also supports 45 Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) spread throughout the region. SSSIs are chosen by virtue of the special interest of any of their flora, fauna, geological or physiological features, to represent the best national and regional examples of natural habitat, physical landscape features or sites of importance for rare or protected species. Information on all designated sites in South Lanarkshire and their condition is available from NatureScot Sitelink. Designated sites are important, but we must be sure that key sites on all scales are recognised, monitored, protected and appropriately managed. As human impacts on the environment increase, many valuable habitats have become fragmented. The establishment of a network of designated sites throughout SL including Local Nature Conservation Sites (LNCS) can help to ensure that local priority species and habitats are protected as well as contributing to wider ecological networks. Similarly, there is a need to recognise geologically important sites that are not designated but are important for their local geodiversity. Making Progress Photo 3: The front cover of one of our new LNR’s Management Statements. In April 2022, SLC and NatureScot designated a total of 17 Local Nature Reserves (LNR), with 16 new sites adding to the existing one at Langlands Moss. Covering 610 hectares in total, these encompass a broad spectrum of habitats including raised bog, ancient broadleaved woodland, riparian woodland, grasslands, wetland, and freshwater. LNR’s are locally important areas of natural heritage, usually close to our towns and cities. 135
Page 136
Each site has a draft management statement prepared by SLC, which provides information on why it is important in terms of the reserve’s natural history, historic environment and to the local community, the statements also provide general management aims to preserve the key features and enhance the site for biodiversity. Further information on each site can be found on the Council webpage, each draft management statement will be developed into a full site management plan in partnership with NS and the local communities. The new local nature reserves are: • Backmuir wood, Hamilton • Blantyre, Bothwell and Uddingston • Cadzow Glen, Hamilton • Fernbrae Meadows • Greenhall, Milheugh and Barnhill, Blantyre • Hamilton Low Parks • Holmhills Wood, Cambuslang • James Hamilton Heritage Park, East Kilbride • Jock’s Burn, Carluke • Langlands Moss, East Kilbride • Milton, Carluke • Morgan Glen, Larkhall • Mossneuk, East Kilbride • Neilsland and Earnock, Hamilton • Stonehouse Park, Stonehouse • Udston and Glenlee Woods, Hamilton • Westburn Marsh, Cambuslang Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this section and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: Strategic Outcome 2: Designated and locally important sites are conserved. Action Lead partner Timescale Nationally designated sites are monitored. NS Ongoing Actions are taken to maintain and /or improve the condition of nationally designated sites. NS Ongoing Manage and monitor all LNR’s to benefit biodiversity. SLC Ongoing Continue to survey and assess potential Local Nature Conservation Sites (LNCS), work with planning to establish designation. SLC Ongoing Establish a list of important / notable species in South Lanarkshire to guide conservation and habitat mitigation. SLBP 2027 To establish and run priority species and / or habitat project every two year. SLBP Every two years Continue to progress a variety of projects that benefit species / habitats of importance within South Lanarkshire. SLBP Ongoing Investigate land coverage of designated and key sites within South Lanarkshire, with aim to expand to 30% of land use. SLC, NS, GCV Ongoing Continue to work with GCV mapping key habitat sites, identify and create nature networks throughout South Lanarkshire. SLBP, SLC, GCV Ongoing 136
Page 137
Investigate the development of a Geodiversity Plan and site designations that identify locally important sites. NS, SLC Ongoing People and nature Public engagement, wider education and a skills development system promote increased understanding of our relationship with nature and positive action to secure its sustainable use. Local authorities play key roles in conserving, restoring, and reducing threats to biodiversity, in meeting people’s needs implementing biodiversity protection actions, in monitoring and reporting. Mainstreaming biodiversity ensures that support is in place at all levels. To deliver the awareness, and uptake of our goals for biodiversity across the whole of society, it is important that decision makers understand and value local biodiversity and to make informed decisions when setting policies. Community engagement, conservation projects and legislation can have a positive impact on nature and the wider environment. Restoration projects, for native woodland, peatlands and species rich grassland can be scaled up to work across Scottish landscapes. Restoring these habitats will have a clear benefit for nature but can help us mitigate and adapt to the impacts of climate change and provide many benefits to people including for health and wellbeing. Biodiversity can bring communities together and give people a sense of place. It is therefore crucial that everyone is aware of biodiversity and its value. Making progress There is a strong track record of partnership working in South Lanarkshire in which biodiversity has a key role. Many of our designated Local Nature Reserves have a dedicated “friend’s” community groups attached to them. These groups are an important link within the community and are invaluable in protecting and promoting biodiversity through community engagement, accessing funding opportunities, carrying out practical conservation work to providing ecological data for national surveys. These groups work in partnership with many national organisations and engage in nation-wide biodiversity projects with many different organisations including Butterfly Conservation, Buglife, NatureScot, Froglife, Bat Conservation, Green Action Trust, Plantlife, The Woodland Trust and Keep Scotland Beautiful. South Lanarkshire continues to work with volunteers and community groups, supporting various types of work. The average time spent volunteering each year is 4746 days (2018 to 2023), which equates to £474,600 annually (based on £100 per day). This is an under-representation of the work carried out in South Lanarkshire by volunteers as we do not receive information from all our groups every year. Events, activities, training, and projects within South Lanarkshire are promoted on the South Lanarkshire Countryside Rangers Facebook page. In 2021, CAG produced a draft report, celebrating the achievements of the many volunteer groups who have worked in South Lanarkshire over a period of ten years (2011 to 2021). The report found that 900 hectares of land have been improved for biodiversity and access. Work supporting biodiversity included the installation of dams along drainage ditches in the restoration of peatland to planting trees and expanding our nature networks to improving grasslands for pollinators. Many volunteers have a keen interest and extensive knowledge of flora and fauna, from butterflies, moths, bats, dragonflies, mammals, and amphibians providing key species information for national databases. 137
Page 138
Photo 4: Butterfly Conservation’s Bog squad volunteers searching for the large heath butterfly at Langlands Moss (BC). Outdoor Learning In 2022 funding obtained through NatureScot was secured to run a pilot program to support local teachers to discover one of our newly designated LNR’s in Hamilton. The pilot project worked to deliver appropriate training for the teachers from the surrounding primary and nursery schools, to make them more knowledgeable about their local greenspace and to provide them with the skills that would enable them to visit and use the area for outdoor learning, both sustainably and with confidence with their pupils. 80 children and 10 staff took part in the pilot, training included practical skills and various outdoor activities to highlight the benefits of children connecting with nature and outdoor learning. With further funding we hope to repeat on the success of this project in other LNR’s in South Lanarkshire. Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this section and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: Strategic Outcome 3: People have opportunities to connect with nature. Action Lead partner Timescale Raise awareness and understanding of the issues affecting biodiversity to provide opportunities for people to engage with nature. SLBP Ongoing Natural spaces are used for volunteering, citizen science, education, and health improvement. SLBP Ongoing Continue to support nature-based education, skills and volunteering. SLC Ongoing Community groups are involved with local site management SLC Ongoing Continue with Learning Outdoors Projects linking schools with their local greenspace for outdoor learning. NS, SLC Ongoing 138
Page 139
Chapter 4: Freshwater and Wetlands. Scotland’s water environment is one of our most important national assets. It contributes to the health and well-being of our country; supports a rich diversity of wildlife; and provides growth of our economy. They form important corridors for wildlife movement, whether through the channels themselves, along riparian corridors or through wetland habitat networks. They are also hugely important in terms of ecosystem services, providing drinking water, renewable energy generation through hydroelectric schemes and recreation opportunities such as canoeing, fishing and swimming. Maintaining this resource is vital and it’s critical that we manage the water environment to ensure the needs of society, economy and wildlife can be met and maintained for future generations. South Lanarkshire is different from many other parts of Scotland in that it has many rivers and burns, but few lochs and ponds. The dominant influence of the River Clyde catchment gives the area its distinctive river valley landscapes. The freshwaters of South Lanarkshire are very important from a wildlife perspective, supporting important salmon and trout populations along with rare populations of lamprey and eel. Allowing space for natural river processes such as flooding to occur and for river channels to evolve naturally is important in maintaining their biodiversity. A network approach recognises the importance of using an integrated, landscape scale methodology for example: river basin management on a catchment scale. SEPA’s third River Basin Management Plan (RBMP3 2021-27) sets out a framework for protecting and improving the benefits provided by the water environment across Scotland. SEPA is responsible for developing and delivering the RBMP actions, by working with partners to restore rivers and improve how they manage surface water to create attractive and accessible blue-green river corridors and spaces within communities that can be used for active travel and recreation to help improve health and wellbeing. The Water Environmental Hub highlights potential projects for local authorities to explore the feasibility of delivering these river restoration projects. The Water Framework Directive classifies water bodies based on their quality, habitat condition, water flow and levels, and the presence of invasive non-native species. Maintaining or improving the ecological quality of water bodies and their surrounding habitats is a priority. Key issues The key issues facing freshwater ecosystems, and the challenges and opportunities they present are set out in the table below. Cross-cutting theme Challenges Opportunities Key sites • The freshwater ecosystem is an irreplaceable biodiversity asset that cannot be recreated if lost. • Improve the biodiversity quality of the ecosystem. • • Freshwater systems are part of the LNCS designations assessment process. Invasive non- native species • Himalayan balsam, Japanese knotweed and giant hogweed thrive on the banks of rivers and spread easily downstream. • • American signal crayfish impacts native species and habitats. • Use existing information on the location of INNS to co-ordinate control from upstream sites Soils and geology • Bankside erosion • • Exposed riverine sediments (sand and gravel) and banks provide 139
Page 140
• Siltation • Pollution and eutrophication important habitat for invertebrates and breeding birds Climate change • Changes to water level and flow • • Hydropower schemes affect water dynamics • • Acidification • Natural floodplain management: freshwater habitats store water and help control the effects of flooding People and nature • Urbanisation of habitat such as culverting streams • Recreational use • Citizen science volunteering schemes provide valuable information Making progress South Lanarkshire Council CAG team continues to work within our LNR’s and greenspaces monitoring and removing INNS along waterways. Volunteers work with CAG along sections of the River Clyde in Bothwell and the Avon Water, in Hamilton removing Himalayan balsam and Japanese Knotweed. Volunteer’s and members of the CAG team regularly monitor and maintain our freshwater ponds within our designated sites removing overhanging branches and maintaining open water by removing dominated vegetation. Biological data is shared with the British Dragonfly Society and Amphibian and Reptile Conservation. Photo 5: Monitoring and recording dragonflies and damselflies at our LNR’s. In 2022, SLC identified three LNR’s to undergo a Hydrological and Wetland Feasibility Study: Mossneuk, Langlands Moss in East Kilbride and Low Parks SSSI in Hamilton. The aim of the study was to identify the ability to improve the hydrology of the three sites supporting wetland and peatland habitats, to benefit biodiversity and mitigate the impacts of climate change including flooding and increased rainfall. The hydrological study included an ecological appraisal and a natural capital assessment. Surface Water Management Plans were written recommending how the sites could be improved in terms of improving the capacity of the sites to retain water and cope with increased rainfall 140
Page 141
and surface water to creating functioning wetland habitat mosaics that are of value to biodiversity. Photo 6: Langlands Moss Local Nature Reserve one of the sites identified for hydrological feasibility study in 2022. The Biggar Water Restoration Project. The Heritage Funded Biggar Water Restoration Project lead by the Tweed Forum in partnership with SEPA, SLC and Scottish Borders Council aims to restore the natural alignment and function along a 2km section of river in two key areas within Biggar. Improvements to the watercourse include reprofiling banks, planting with native trees, creating areas of open water and wetland vegetation and the introduction of large wood structures for bank protection and habitat creation. The project aims to enhance the quality of the surrounding amenity greenspace, improved public access and built in resilience to the impact of localised flooding and climate change. The Biggar Water is part of the River Tweed Catchment. The project was based on a scoping study commissioned in 2018 by the Tweed Forum to identify sections of the Biggar Water suitable for restoration. The work aims to restore and improve the natural features and morphological functions of the river, to connect and enhance fragmented riparian habitats through supplementary planting, benefiting key habitats and species that support the Tweed Catchment. 141
Page 142
Photo 7: Map showing the proposed restoration works along the Biggar Water (Tweed Forum). Photo 8: A visual representation of the proposed changes to the Biggar Water (Tweed Forum). Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this chapter and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: 142
Page 143
Strategic Outcome 4: Freshwater habitats are improved and preserved. Action Lead partner Timescale Improve the ecological status of water bodies. SEPA Ongoing Work in partnership with Froglife to create new ponds and wetlands for nature especially amphibians. Monitor, maintain and manage for wildlife. Scoping report carried out in 2023 identified four sites for wetland creation and improvements: • Langlands Moss LNR • Westburn LNR • Fernbrae Meadow LNR • Chatelherault Country Park SLC, Froglife Ongoing Continue to monitor and maintain wetlands and ponds. SLC Ongoing Continue to carry out Flood Studies which may allow for Natural Flood Management measures. SLC Ongoing Engage in promoting citizen science through national water monitoring schemes – for example Guardians of the river (Buglife), Upstream Battle (Keep Scotland Beautiful). SLC, Buglife, Ongoing To explore opportunities in urban areas for restoration projects on rivers identified in the third river basin management plan. Projects • Biggar Water (part of the Borderlands project) • Kittochside (East Kilbride) • Wellshaw and Earnock Burn SEPA, Tweed Forum. SLC. Biggar 2025 Ongoing Continue to work on establishing nature network for wetland habitats in partnership with Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network. GCV, SLC Ongoing 143
Page 144
Chapter 5: Lowland and farmland The Scottish lowlands encompass a range of habitats including agricultural land, woodland, grassland and urban areas. These habitats often rely upon human intervention and land management to maintain their key features. This chapter of the strategy relates to areas of South Lanarkshire which are lowland in nature; areas which are typically slightly warmer and drier than the surroundings and in which the soil tends to be more fertile and productive. The mosaic of habitats and boundary features in farmed areas means that this habitat has potentially the greatest scope for biodiversity enhancement. South Lanarkshire is also renowned for its traditional orchards which support a wide range of unique biodiversity. Various agri-environment schemes (AES) aiming to promote sustainable and nature friendly farming have been developed by the Scottish Government, the current scheme Agri- environment Climate Scheme (AECS) is designed to promote land management practices which protect and enhance natural heritage, water quality, manage flood risk and adapt to climate change. In 2020, 20% of Scotland’s farmland (1.6 million ha) was in AECS agreements, the Scottish Governments Agricultural Reform Programme is devising future payment schemes for land managers, which includes targeted habitats and the desired outcomes. Future effectiveness in halting and reversing biodiversity losses will depend on the levels of funding allocated to environmental improvement through these support payments, advice, implementation and monitoring. Key issues The key issues facing lowland and farmland ecosystems, and the challenges and opportunities they present are set out in the table below. Cross-cutting theme Challenges Opportunities Key sites • Expansive agricultural land results in modification and fragmentation of other habitats • Rural funding schemes can provide benefit to landowners for making wildlife friendly improvements Invasive non- native species • New species used for agriculture and their pests may cause problems • Bio-security awareness and measures to prevent future INNS Soils and geology • Intensification of agricultural methods • • Nutrient enrichment and pollution • Loss of exposed soil • • Mineral extraction • Guidance provides best management practice to reduce pollution risk • • Rural funding options encourage practices that reduce soil erosion • • The restoration of mineral sites can create land with biodiversity value Climate change • Well-drained and uniform landscape contributes to flooding risk • • Changing weather and climate affects the crops that can be grown • • Open landscape acts as a barrier to species movement in response to changing conditions • Appropriately managed sites can contribute to flood management and carbon storage • • Aspects of the landscape such as hedgerows provide corridors for species movement, but need to consider open land habitat is a requirement for wading birds. People and nature • Disturbance due to recreation • • Managed recreation opportunities such as the Clyde Walkway 144
Page 145
• Pressure from incremental urban expansion and development Minimise the impact of new developments by identifying sustainable locations through the • • Local Development Plan Making progress The RSPB’s Clyde Valley Wader Initiative This partnership includes around 30 upland livestock farmers, SAC Consulting and RSPB Scotland. It is focussed on developing and testing new farming and conservation management to conserve the region’s important populations of wading birds in particular the northern lapwing, Eurasian curlew, common snipe, oystercatcher and redshank. The UK population of these once common species is in decline, with curlew and lapwing on the UK Red List of species most at risk, while the common snipe, Redshank and oystercatcher are on the Amber List. Scotland holds an estimated 15% of the global breeding population of Eurasian curlew. Since 2019 RSPB staff and local volunteers have monitored 600 nests, gaining valuable data on why and where nests hatch or fail. Three meetings per year resulted in a collective understanding of the data and discussions about changes to management that can improve hatching success. This collaboration is beginning to bear fruit in 2023, for example, trial plots of brassica stubbles left fallow in spring resulted in high percentage (75%) of nests hatching. The partners feed the work back to national stakeholders to help inform national agri-environment schemes. Photo 9: A newly hatched lapwing (RSPB). Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this chapter and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: Strategic Outcome 5: The biodiversity value of low-lying farmland is improved. Action Lead partner Timescale As part of the Clyde Valley Wader Initiative, continue to work with the farming community to conserve important wading bird populations, by managing the agricultural grasslands and wetlands on which they depend. RSPB Ongoing 145
Page 146
Promote good farming measures through funding streams that contribute to biodiversity conservation. NS Ongoing Continue with Auchlochan Estate meadow management at Brackenhill by implementing fencing and conservation grazing. FLS Ongoing Parkland at Mauldslie Woods is restored, monitored and maintained. SLC Ongoing Monitor the evolution of the new agri-env payments through the Natural Environment Bill for opportunities to work with private landowners. SLBP Ongoing 146
Page 147
Chapter 6: Peatland Our peatlands, formed over thousands of years by the deposition of dead plant matter, are of international importance and are impossible to recreate once lost. Peatlands are a UK and Scottish priority habitat and home to an array of birds, plants, fungi, invertebrates, and micro- organisms, they are incredibly unique and biodiverse. Restoring our peatlands can help priority species like the large heath butterfly, a species restricted to wet boggy habitats, which is in decline in the UK. Peatland restoration is a nature-based solution to the climate and nature crisis and can also help with the council’s Net Zero ambitions. Healthy bogs can store large amounts of carbon, but if degraded they may emit more carbon than they remove. Healthy, functioning bogs can help mitigate the future impacts of climate change, such as increased rainfall events, by storing and slowly releasing water back into the river network. There are a total of 69 sites listed on NatureScot’s Lowland Raised Bog Inventory in South Lanarkshire, with blanket bogs, fens and mires covering large areas in the uplands. Figure 5: Distribution of priority peatland habitat (class 1 and 2) in South Lanarkshire, data source: Soils, carbon and peatland 2016 map, NatureScot. 147
Page 148
Key Issues The key issues facing peatland ecosystems, and the challenges and opportunities they present are set out in the table below. Cross-cutting theme Challenges Opportunities Key sites Quality of peatland on designated sites. Lack of knowledge of the distribution, extent, and quality of non-designated peatland sites. Improving the quality of peatlands by working with landowners to ensure appropriate site management. Selection of relevant peatland as LNCS Invasive non- native species Species such as rhododendron invade from adjoining woodland. Site management to raise water levels and help restrict growth of trees and shrubs Soils and geology Peat is extracted for horticultural use due to historic licence approvals Restoration of sites once extraction is complete Development pressures such as agriculture and renewable energy Drainage, erosion, eutrophication and pollution There is potential to refuse further application extensions Sites to be restored to raised mire or bog habitat (depending on the level of peat previously milled) National and local policy protects peatlands Climate change The destruction of bogs contributes to climate change due to the release of carbon dioxide and methane. Degradation of wetland habitats contributes to flooding risk Afforestation and succession releases stored carbon Sitka spruce seeds spreading from commercial forests. Peatlands store vast quantities of carbon Safeguard peat resources from development Removal of forestry plantations where a net benefit to carbon sequestration can be established Management to raise the water table and restrict natural tree growth People and nature Access to sites that can be dangerous due to water levels Opportunities for people to explore and understand peatlands for example by visiting Langlands Moss Local Nature Reserve Volunteer opportunities are available with groups such as the Friends of Langlands Moss and Butterfly Conservation’s Bog Squad 148
Page 149
Making progress Langlands Moss LNR Peatland Restoration Project In early 2020 Langlands Moss LNR underwent a dramatic transformation as part of a £202,000 peatland restoration project in partnership with Green Action Trust (GAT) and NatureScot (NS). A feasibility survey was commissioned by SLC in 2018 through NatureScot’s Peatland Action Fund to determine the potential of the site for eco-hydrological restoration. A large conifer plantation stood to the north and west of the raised bog and the survey found sections of deep peat underneath this plantation. The average peat depth was found to be 139cm, with deeper pockets of over nine metres. The volume of peat equates to 298,199.6m3 with an estimated carbon content of 28,925 tonnes of carbon. With this evidence from the study, we decided to remove the large stand of conifer trees and dam the drains associated with the forestry plantation, with the aim to increase the water level in and around the raised bog. The project involved removing an area of 20.15ha of over mature conifer trees, a protected species survey, removal of brash from the surface of the peat, the installation of twenty-one peat dams and five bunds, resulting in installing approximately 278 metres length of dams at the reserve. By felling the conifer trees and blocking the associated drainage ditches, we are allowing the water table to rise back to its natural level, preventing the underlying peat from drying out and, in time, restore the growth of sphagnum mosses to make the peat an active carbon sink once again. Photo 10: Contractor installing peat dams at Langlands Moss LNR. Photo 11: Showing the removal of the conifer trees and installation of dams and bunds. 149
Page 150
Photo 12 and 13: Highlight the vegetation at the Langlands Moss LNR before and after removing the plantation conifer trees. Restoring the peatland at the reserve will support the council’s commitment to combating climate change, it will also lead to a much more diverse, attractive, and accessible recreational facility for the people of East Kilbride. In 2021, we found that some of the dams had become damaged, failing to retain the water. So, in 2022 with GAT and advice from NS we employed a contractor to reprofile the failing dams with peat. We continue to monitor the regrowth of the vegetation on the felled conifer area through fixed- point photography, quadrats, and an annual vegetation survey. A butterfly transect runs through Langlands Moss and since the removal of the trees the number of butterflies and moths recorded at the reserve has increased significantly, including sightings of the UK BAP priority species large heath. CAG and the Friends of Langlands Moss continue to improve the reserve for wildlife, repairing any damage dams, removing scrub and trees from the peatland to improving the grasslands with the addition of wildflower seed and plugs. Butterfly Conservation Lanarkshire's Large Heaths and Mosses - Restoring Precious Peatlands The project launched in 2023 focusing on a cluster of peatlands sites to the north-east of Lanark including Braehead Moss SSSI, Cranley Moss SSSI and Blacklaw Moss Wood. The restoration work is aimed at re-wetting bogs so that natural flora and fauna can thrive and peat formation can take place again in the future. The work includes ditch-damming and invasive scrub removal, carried out by contractors and trained volunteers from BC’s Bog Squad. The project sites will be surveyed and monitored to help improve BC’s knowledge and understanding of the large heath butterfly and peatland restoration. BC are the lead partner in the project working closely with NatureScot and Forestry Commission Scotland. Large Heath Survey 2022 / 2023 in South Lanarkshire During the 2022 and 2023 summer seasons, Butterfly Conservation Scotland ran a volunteer- led large heath survey across lowland raised bogs in Scotland. Volunteers recorded any sightings of the butterflies and carried out habitat assessments to determine whether the bogs 150
Page 151
could potentially support large heath. Butterfly Conservation held training session for field surveyors at Langlands Moss, Whitelee and Ardochrig. Before the survey work BC were aware of 17 lowland raised bogs in South Lanarkshire with populations of large heath butterflies. The recent survey data showed that ten of these bogs still have the butterfly. Of the remaining seven bogs where we hadn’t seen large heath for a while, we were able to re-find large heath on three bogs through volunteer sightings and the survey. Additionally, one of our volunteers found another lowland raised bog where we hadn’t found the butterfly before. Peatland ACTION As well as work at Langlands Moss and the sites associated with the Lanarkshire’s Large Heaths and Mosses project, Peatland ACTION has also funded a number of other peatland restoration projects across South Lanarkshire. This work included ditch blocking and damming at Blantyre Muir SSSI, affecting approximately 20ha, in 2019; ditch blocking and re-profiling, peat damming, and stock fencing at Waukenwae Moss SAC & SSSI, affecting approximately 70.4ha in 2020; and bare peat restoration, drain blocking and re-profiling, and hag and gully re- profiling in the Lowther Hills (including Shiel Dod SSSI), affecting approximately 192.4ha in 2021 and 44.2ha 2023. Photo 14: A bog squad volunteer removing birch at Langlands Moss LNR (photo by A. Wilson BC). Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this chapter and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: 151
Page 152
Strategic Outcome 6: Peatlands are protected and improved. Action Lead partner Timescale Continue peatland restoration work at Coalburn Moss SSSI identified within the 10 years plan forestry and land Scotland Active management Plan Lesmahagow FLS, NS Ongoing Butterfly Conservation will continue to monitor and improve areas of peatland for large heath butterfly within South Lanarkshire. BC, SLC Ongoing Butterfly Conservation’s Bog Squad and volunteers will continue to improve peatlands at Langlands Moss, Braehead Moss and Blacklaw Moss Wood. BC, SLC Ongoing Continue to improve the peatland at Cander Moss reserve through conservation grazing and habitat restoration work. SWT Ongoing Monitor the restoration of peatland habitats that is stipulated in windfarm habitat management plans (HMP). SLC, RSPB Annual Continue to retore areas of blanket bog as part of habitat management at Whitelee Windfarm (management plan formally adopted in 2020) Whitelee Forest Land Management Plan FLS Scottish Power Renewables Ongoing Clyde Peatlands - Peatland officer to work with landowners to identify areas of lowland peat to be restored. https://www.gcvgreennetwork.gov.uk/clyde-peatlands GCV, SLC Ongoing Continue to work in partnership with Butterfly Conservation’s Bog Squad and the Friends of Langlands Moss LNR in maintaining, restoring, and monitoring the peatland within the reserve. SLC, BC Ongoing Felled section at Blackgate Moss (Carnwath) to be planted with wet woodland FLS Ongoing Investigate opportunities to enhance the peatland at Mossneuk LNR. SLC Ongoing 152
Page 153
Chapter 7: Upland Upland ecosystems tend to comprise a mosaic of different habitats including heath, moor, bog and grassland with patches of woodland in sheltered areas. In many areas peat soils underpin the ecosystem and are vital carbon and water stores. Key land uses in South Lanarkshire include upland sheep and cattle farming, productive grouse moor, commercial forestry and developments such as windfarms. An estimated 23,500ha (13.5%) of South Lanarkshire is classified as ‘upland’, however, an exact figure for the different component habitats is not known. There are nine designated sites within South Lanarkshire that fall within the upland category, with features of interest including various breeding birds and blanket bog. Two of these sites are also designated as a Special Protection Area, for their importance to rare upland bird assemblages and breeding bird habitats. Key issues The key issues facing upland ecosystems, and the challenges and opportunities they present are set out in the table below. Cross-cutting theme Challenges Opportunities Key sites • Maintaining or restoring upland designated sites to favourable condition. • Loss and fragmentation of habitat. • The complex mosaic of habitat types supports many species. Invasive non- native species • Spread of non-native conifers from plantations onto moorlands. • Restructuring forestry plantations to give a mix of tree species and age classes. Soils and geology • Development, including mineral extraction and onshore renewables. • Erosion, drainage, afforestation, agriculture (grazing levels and nutrient enrichment). • The extent and quality of blanket bog is unknown. • The renewable energy sector provides opportunities to restore large areas of the uplands, when developments are appropriately sited. • Selection of relevant peatland as LNCS. Climate change • Ineffective bogs can contribute to flooding risk. • Well-drained and uniformly grazed landscape can contribute to flooding risk. • Contribution of muirburn and risk of uncontrolled fire if managed incorrectly. • Warming climate increases risk of local extinction of upland species at the edge of their range. • Peat soils store carbon and retain water. • • Potential for land management and placement of planting schemes to help mitigate flooding risk. • • Muirburn code provides guidance on managing fires appropriately. People and nature • The balance between biodiversity and business that can manage vast areas of land, resulting in large areas of uniform habitat. • Rural funding can help landowners create opportunities to manage land for wildlife. • Opportunities for access such as the Southern Upland Way and Pentland Hills Regional Park. 153
Page 154
Making progress As part of the windfarm development, many of which are in the upland areas, large areas of land are covered by Habitat Management Plans (HMP). Each plan has a Management Group who meet once a year to oversee the preparation of the approved HMP. Representatives from SLC, RSPB along with the developers, landowners, and ecologists have powers to make reasonable changes to the plan to deliver its agreed aims. The plans aim to improve, monitor, and maintain habitats such as woodland, peatland, wet heath with monitoring and measures to benefit biodiversity especially waders and raptors, including hen harriers and black grouse. A Development Framework for the Hagshaw Energy Cluster was developed by a number of partners, including NatureScot and South Lanarkshire Council, between 2020-2022. This Framework encourages a more strategic approach across the energy developments in the Hagshaw area, on issues such as habitat management and restoration. Photo 15: Clyde Windfarm, Crawford. Photo 16: Peatland restoration work at Clyde windfarm. In South Lanarkshire, over 11,000ha (approximately 6.3% of the total land area) is managed in this way. See link for more information on the Location of wind turbines in South Lanarkshire. 154
Page 155
Photo 17: Hydrological monitoring photo C. Maclver, Broken Cross Windfarm. Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this chapter and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: Strategic Outcome 7: Uplands are managed in a sustainable way. Action Lead partner Timescale Ensure Habitat Management Plans (HMP) from renewable energy developments are used to secure landscape scale habitat restoration. SLC, RSPB, NS Ongoing In partnership with others, seek funding mechanisms to develop conservation initiatives aimed at the conservation of upland birds including black grouse, waders and raptors in southern Scotland including Lowther Hills, as part of landscape scale project delivery. RSPB Ongoing Monitor opportunities presented by the new agri- environmental payments through the Natural Environment Bill. SLBP Ongoing 155
Page 156
Chapter 8: Urban In South Lanarkshire, urban land accounts for only 6%1 of the total land area. Within this, around 27% is open space, with around 17% being accessible and usable for people. The urban areas are concentrated in the north of South Lanarkshire, where the majority of people live. Pressures such as changes in land-use, urbanisation, pollution, and spread of INNS has resulted in the loss of valuable habitats, that have become damaged and fragmented. This has impacted on species dispersal and mortality, restricting genetic mixing, increasing inbreeding and as a result increasing species isolation and the chance of local populations going extinct. It is important that all our activities avoid damage and loss of biodiversity but helps to retore nature by delivering positive effects for biodiversity. Natural features and green infrastructure within the urban environment offer significant opportunities not only to biodiversity but can also provide multiple benefits for health, wellbeing, and community development. The creation of new green or blue natural spaces, better management of existing green and blue spaces and the restoration of functional ecosystems can deliver a wider range of ecosystem services and benefits. Planting for pollinators, creating wildflower meadows, new orchards, trees, scrub and woodlands creation, green walls, and green screening, living roofs, boundary hedges are an integral part of diversifying the urban landscape. Enhancing urban biodiversity provides habitats for birds, insects, and other wildlife and can increase environmental awareness among local communities. Nature based solutions are a popular means to build urban resilience while tackling sustainability challenges in our towns they can provide: • Benefits biodiversity: by increasing the amount of habitat and connectivity for species. • Improves water quality and flow management: by reducing rainwater run-off and retaining sediments and other contaminants entering watercourses. • Provides urban cooling: by as much as 2°C to 8°C, through the shading by trees and by vegetation and associated soils evapotranspiration. • Improves air quality: as vegetation absorbs and removes particulates and greenhouse gases from the atmosphere • Attractive spaces for people to enjoy. A report on Greenspace indicators produced by NatureScot in 2021 looked at the extent of urban greenspace and blue spaces as a percentage of the urban land area in each local authority. Understanding the changes in the extent, distribution and types of greenspace is essential for the strategic planning and the management of our greenspaces assets to enable us to deliver better quality local landscapes. Figures for South Lanarkshire can be found in the following tables below: Total area of greenspace (ha) Area of publicly accessible greenspace (ha) Greenspace as percentage of urban area % Publicly accessible greenspace as percentage of urban area % Area of greenspace per 1000 people ha Area of publicly accessible greenspace per 1000 people ha 9421 6733 53 38 34 24 1 Understanding Glasgow: the Glasgow Indicators project 156
Page 157
In South Lanarkshire the total area of greenspace covers 9421ha which equates to 53% of the urban area. Greenspaces include public parks, school grounds, playing fields, allotments, golf course and other sporting facilities. From the report 9% of the greenspace in South Lanarkshire was identified as natural areas, split into the following habitats: Inland water Open semi-natural Woodland Natural total in SL 2% 4% 3% 9% Key issues The key issues facing urban ecosystems, and the challenges and opportunities they present are set out in the table below. Cross-cutting theme Challenges Opportunities Key sites • Land management. • • Development pressure on greenspaces including urban woodlands and the greenbelt. • • Loss, modification and fragmentation of natural habitat. • LNRs close to urban areas provide access to wild places for everyone. • • LNCS in urban and greenbelt areas help to protect locally important sites and species. • • Development of habitat networks particularly for the urban forest. • • Creation of a Tree Policy will set out how SLC manage and enhance trees and woodlands. • • The Open Space Strategy will recognise and identify opportunities for biodiversity improvements. Invasive non- native species • Escapes from gardens. • • Strategic control of INNS by multiple landowners. • Raise awareness with the public. • • Potential for a cross agency approach to controlling INNS. Soils and geology • Development pressure. • • Past land use resulted in contaminated and Vacant and • Derelict Land (VDL). • • Pollution and anti-social behaviour such as fires and litter. • Relic sites such as urban woodlands safeguard soils. • • Restoration of VDL to a biodiversity friendly use. • • Recognition of the intrinsic value of some brownfield sites. Climate change • Hard surfaces leading directly to drains contribute to flood risk. • • Heating effect of towns and cities. • • Pollutants from industry, cars and households. • • Reduce the use of hard engineering of watercourses; use soft engineering such as SUDS and permeable surfaces. • • Increased opportunities for tree planting in urban areas helps to reduce heating effect. • 157
Page 158
• Fragmentation of natural habitat limits species movement in response to changing conditions. • Use of green infrastructure to help regulate environmental factors such as air quality. • • Green networks provide corridors for species movement. • • Improvement and creation of green infrastructure within new housing developments. People and nature • Connecting people with nature near their homes. • • Disturbance and pressures of land use due to recreation. • Improve the quality of greenspaces, ensuring safe access to quality sites. • • Communities are involved with managing greenspaces and LNRs. • • Provide information and opportunities for people to use and engage with the outdoors. Making progress Buglife B-lines Scotland in the Clyde Valley. Our grasslands in Scotland have become fragmented and improved through the application of chemicals, over-grazing, and over-cutting or by a lack of management where the grassland vegetation is lost to scrubland and trees. Grasslands are vital habitat for a wide range of animals and plants and are particularly important for invertebrates from bees and hoverflies to butterflies and moths. The Buglife’s B-line project with funding from NS, continues to create and map B-Lines across the CSGN area covering over 10,000 hectares and 19 local authorities. Creating grassland habitat and enhancing sites for wildlife. Photo 18: One of our B-line sites at Castlebank Park, Lanark. In 2019 South Lanarkshire Council Grounds Service Team and CAG worked with Buglife to improve 12 sites throughout Lanark, Kirkfieldbank, and Crossford for pollinator species such as bees and hoverflies. Staff and volunteers changed the management at the sites to increase the 158
Page 159
wildflower content within the grassland. The project was funded by the Biodiversity Challenge Fund, due to be completed in 2020, extra funding allowed the work to be extended to 2021, which allowed us to sow more wildflowers at the sites. In 2022 and 2023 we continue to monitor the development of the sites and record species within the FIT Count app. Clyde Grasslands Project GVC Green Network launched the Clyde Grassland project in 2023 aimed at boosting grassland habitats for wildlife across the region. The project aims to help retore some of the 97% of species rich grassland lost since the 1940’s in the UK, by creating and restoring wildflower meadow and linking them up through greenspaces , road verges and farmland. On the ground delivery will be guided by recently completed grassland opportunity mapping analysis, funded by NatureScot’s Nature Restoration Fund, which has identified key locations for grassland protection, management and expansion. Clyde Grasslands is part of the Green Network suite of habitat projects which emerged from GCV Blueprint launched in 2019. Helping Hands for Butterflies In partnership with Butterfly Conservation the “Helping Hands for Butterflies” was a three-year project that ended in October 2022 and engaged with over 700 people throughout the central belt of Scotland. The project was funded by the National Lottery Heritage Fund and NatureScot to create new habitats for butterflies in urban places. Photo 19: A burnet moth noted during one of the events with Butterfly Conservation as part of the Helping Hands for Butterflies project. The project introduced the world of butterflies and moths to new volunteers, through training events and workshops to help people identify and monitor species. The project also aimed to create flower-rich grasslands in urban parks that were specifically intended to help butterflies and moths. Management plans were created for each site, with four main aims to reduce the cutting, remove the cuttings, plant yellow rattle for the first year, then plant with butterfly friendly species. Three sites were chosen in South Lanarkshire at Stonefield Park and Hunthill Road community orchard in Blantyre and Bothwell Park, in Hamilton. Staff and volunteers help create and improve these sites for invertebrates removing the cutting to reduce the nutrient content going back into the soils and the addition of wildflower seed. The council maintain, monitor, and aim to expand the three project sites for wildlife. A full report and films of the project highlights produced by Butterfly Conservation can be found on their webpage Helping Hands for Butterflies. 159
Page 160
Making Space for Pollinators report 2023. In November 2023, South Lanarkshire council produced a report summarising the work undertaken over several years to help conserve and enhance for pollinators and their habitats. Over the years the Countryside and Greenspace team have worked in partnership with a variety of organisations, different council resources and volunteers in developing and improving over 155 grassland sites for pollinators covering approximately 63 hectares. Creating naturalised grassland, allowing the grass to grow longer, more naturally, to allow wildflowers to flourish and set seed. Where possible we have removed the grass cutting to reduce the nutrient level in the soil, which favour wildflowers. This has been achieved through various projects and case studies which are highlighted in the Making Space for Pollinators report We will continue to identify suitable areas throughout South Lanarkshire to improve the wildlife value of managed grasslands. Creating nature networks through our urban areas linking to allotments, public parks, greenspaces and our nature reserves, to the wider countryside to help keep South Lanarkshire pollinator friendly. Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this chapter and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: Strategic Outcome 8: The urban environment of South Lanarkshire benefits biodiversity. Action Lead partner Timescale Continue to create areas of wildflower meadow, in partnership with local communities. SLC, BC, Buglife Scotland, GCV Ongoing Review grass management with the aim to improve the biodiversity value of amenity grassland throughout South Lanarkshire. SLC Ongoing Urban woodlands are managed and restored for biodiversity and people. SLC, SF Ongoing Ensure we secure positive effects for biodiversity from National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4). SLC Ongoing Identify and create nature networks to create corridors for species movement, link to neighbouring authorities to improve ecological connectivity across Scotland. SLC, GCV Ongoing The urban drainage system is designed to give the maximum benefit to biodiversity while contributing to minimising pollution and flooding risk. SLC, SEPA Ongoing Investigate the potential to map SUDS ponds and assess their biodiversity value. SLC Ongoing Investigate and control the impacts of increasing deer populations to the urban environment, particularly woodlands. SLC, NS Ongoing Vacant and Derelict land Vacant and derelict land can be havens for wildlife and can also be a wild space in urban areas for local communities to access nature. They can provide types of unmanaged habitats which are uncommon, such as bare soil and rubble are valuable for plants and insects. These can provide development opportunities in urban areas, reduce pressure on green belt and other undeveloped land. In 2022, 27 sites are on the VDL register in South Lanarkshire covering 115.93ha that are uneconomic to development or soft end use (non-built use). 160
Page 161
Making progress In 2020/21, significant site works were undertaken at Milton LNR a former brick works covering around 14 hectares, in Carluke thanks to the Vacant and Derelict Land Fund and the Green Action Trust. Three new access points were created, paths and boardwalks were installed along with benches, drainage has been improved throughout the site and a dipping platform installed at one of the ponds. Wildflower seeds were sown in many areas to improve both grassland diversity and pollinator habitats. The site was designated an LNR in 2022 and is managed for biodiversity. Photo 20: Milton LNR, one of the areas improved for pollinators and wildlife. Fernbrae Meadows LNR on the western edge of South Lanarkshire at the boundary with Glasgow. Fernbrae Meadows comprises the former Blairbeth Golf Course and part of Cathkin Braes Country Park. The southern half of the reserve is dominated by broadleaved woodland, which forms part of Cathkin Braes Country Park (CP) and is managed by Glasgow City Council. Cathkin Braes CP covers around 199 ha of land and includes woodland, ancient woodland, heath and grassland. There are many paths linking the existing country park to the LNR. The closure of the golf course in 2015 left a significant area (22.33 ha) of formal amenity grassland. Photo 21: Fernbrae Meadows LNR, this former golf course now supports wildflower meadow. 161
Page 162
In 2018 SLC with help from NatureScot’s (NS) Green Infrastructure Fund, established a variety of new habitats at the LNR: ponds and associated marshy grassland, an orchard and native woodland planting to link to existing woodland in the south of the site. Native wildflowers have been sown in large swathes of grassland, in which can be found plants of interest including common-spotted orchid, northern marsh-orchid, and greater butterfly-orchid. Community events focusing on community connection, taking care of the surroundings, and developing the space for biodiversity, while also researching the history of the landscape. Educational establishments have been actively engaged with the space throughout its development by helping to plant trees and wildflowers. Fernhill School uses the site for Forest Kindergarten and outdoor learning. Glen Esk Urban Greenspace Located in East Kilbride, this was a former landfill site left to regenerate naturally, subsequently dominated by birch and willow scrub. The site was much neglected, used only by local dog walkers, and as a short cut to the local school. In 2019/20 SLC collaborated with the local community to explore how to spend the £1 million awarded by the Scottish Government Vacant Derelict Land Fund. The 7.6 ha site now incorporates native planting and habitat creation, footpaths, artwork, an outdoor classroom, and a car park. Habitats of open water, wet meadow, wildflower meadows, planted trees and marshy grassland were added to increase the biodiversity value of the park. The network of paths now forms an important link between residential estates by improving the quality of paths and greenspace networks. Photo 22: One of the created ponds and wetlands at Glen Esk Urban Greenspace in East Kilbride. This has been achieved by the addition of boardwalks and all access pathways. The greenspace links to areas of broadleaved woodland in the surrounding landscape connecting to an extensive wildlife corridor following the wooded banks of the Rotten Calder Water within Calderglen Country Park. Glen Esk Urban Greenspace; boardwalk and pond. 162
Page 163
Strategic Outcome 9: Vacant and Derelict Land contributes to biodiversity. Action Lead partner Timescale Survey VDL sites now thought to be wooded with a view to their removal from the register SLC Ongoing Reduce the area of land on the VDL register due to naturalisation or other land use SLC Ongoing Deliver projects on VDL site projects to remediate the land or bring it into practical use SLC Ongoing 163
Page 164
Chapter 9: Woodland Woodlands provide the most biodiverse habitat in South Lanarkshire; ancient and veteran trees, and ancient and semi-natural woodland are an irreplaceable biodiversity asset. This habitat supports a wide range of species and complex ecological processes that have developed over thousands of years. These cannot be replicated effectively, and any loss of this habitat is detrimental to the ecology of the area. Woodland cover has diminished considerably over the last millennia through changes in land management. The clearance of ancient and semi-natural woodland has resulted in fragmentation and isolation of the remaining sites. Woodland biodiversity faces a challenge from deer numbers and invasive non-native species, specifically rhododendron, which restrict natural regeneration and habitat restoration. Scotland is the most wooded of the UK countries (19%), but this is well below the current European average of 37%. Scotland’s rich and diverse woodlands are important natural assets. Woodlands help to purify our water and air, reduce flood risk, improve slope and riverbank stability, help to decontaminate soils on post-industrial sites and help mitigate the impact of climate change by absorbing and storing carbon. They provide opportunities for people to engage in healthy activities and community-based participation in management of the woodlands allows people to gain a better understanding and appreciate the natural world. Figure 6: Distribution of broadleaved woodland in South Lanarkshire. 164
Page 165
Improving woodland condition is a strategic driver in Scotland's Forestry Strategy with aims to increase the amount of native woodland in good condition by creating 3000-5000ha of new native woodland per year and restoring 10,000ha of new native woodland. The National Forest Inventory (NFI) shows South Lanarkshire as having a total of 27,065ha of woodland. Conifer and other plantation accounts for 47% with broadleaved and mixed woodland covering 17%. The Native Woodland Survey of Scotland was carried out from 2006 to 2013, with results published in 2014 to give an authoritative picture of the location, extent, type and condition of Scotland native woodlands. The table below shows the types of native woodland that comprise 4,799ha of the total wooded area: Dominant native woodland type Area (ha) % of total Lowland deciduous woodland 1,964 41 Wet woodland 971 20 Upland birchwood 838 17 Other woodland 562 12 Upland mixed ashwood 314 7 Hawthorn scrub 102 2 Upland oakwood 49 1 Native pinewood 1 <1 Total 4,799 100 The woodlands with the highest biodiversity value in South Lanarkshire can often be found along river valleys where steep slopes have protected the land from development. The remaining ancient, semi-natural woodland found on the steep slopes and ravines of the River Clyde and its tributaries is a nationally significant biodiversity resource. These are amongst the last remnants of native, broadleaved woodland in southern Scotland and make up the Clyde Valley Woodlands National Nature Reserve (NNR). In South Lanarkshire 1,528 ha of woodland is on the Ancient Woodland Inventory. Ancient, semi-natural woodland makes up 32% of all native woodlands but less than 4% of the area’s total woodland cover. Some areas of this ancient woodland were felled and replanted with conifers in 20th Century and listed as Plantation on Ancient Woodland Sites (PAWS). There are 283 ha of PAWS in South Lanarkshire. The restoration of these sites to native tree cover is a priority for both local and national strategies. 165
Page 166
Figure 7: Distribution of ancient semi-natural woodland in South Lanarkshire. Key issues The key issues facing woodland ecosystems, and the challenges and opportunities they present are set out in the table below. Cross-cutting theme Challenges Opportunities Key sites • Improving the condition of designated woodland. • • Significant areas of woodland have not been managed for some time. • • Fragmentation of habitat results in isolated populations of plants and animals. • • Sustainable management of non- woodland trees. • • Managing and protecting a diverse canopy cover. • Management of nationally important gorge woodland in the Clyde Valley • Woodlands National Nature Reserve. • • Trees, woodlands and forests can be covered by management plans. • • Improving habitat connectivity through developments that follow integrated habitat network modelling. • • A Tree Policy will set out how SLC manage and enhance trees, forests and woodland. • 166
Page 167
• Create and maintain records of canopy cover and the tree population. • • Develop replanting standards for non-woodland trees. Invasive non- native species • Rhododendron can be a major component of the understory. • • Damage caused where INNS are a major component of the ground cover beneath trees. • • Where woodlands meet waterways, roads or railways other INNS can be problematic. • • A range of potential and actual pests and diseases such as Chalara ash dieback • Control of INNS, particularly on key sites. • • Use of funding streams to manage woodlands and control INNS. • • Co-ordinated approach to controlling INNS. • • Raise awareness of pests and diseases and act as necessary in line with national strategy. Soils and geology • Plantations on Ancient Woodland Sites (PAWS). • • Loss of woodland and trees exposes soils to erosion, especially on slopes. • Conversion of conifer plantations to native woodlands. • • Ensure constant canopy cover. Climate change • Forestry plantation on inappropriate sites, especially peatland. • • Expanding tree cover without affecting land of biodiversity value. • Maximise the multiple benefits of woodlands and trees in mitigating and adapting to a changing climate. • • Woodlands created on appropriate sites support flood mitigation measures. • • Grant funding options support native woodland expansion. • • Tree planting in towns and villages aids climate change resilience. People and nature • Providing information and access for people to quality woodlands • Impacts of recreation. • Urban woodlands provide valuable access to greenspace, improve health and wellbeing and offer opportunities for recreation and education. • • Community involvement with woodland management. Making progress The Clyde Climate Forest (CCF) will see 18 million trees planted in both urban and rural parts of Glasgow City Region over the next decade. Trees, woodlands and forests are recognised as essential if we are to address the climate and nature crisis by reducing damaging atmospheric 167
Page 168
emissions and to assist in a nature recovery. The project is part of the Green Network Blueprint and is in partnership with GCV Green Network’s Strategic Habitat Network. The CCF aims to increase canopy cover, connectivity and carbon storage. Photo 23: A drones eye view over the tree planting in Hamilton. Photo 24: Planting trees as part of the Clyde Climate Forest scheme. In March 2022 an urban woodland has been created in Hamilton as part of the Clyde Climate Forest and the ash dieback disease recovery in South Lanarkshire. The South Lanarkshire Countryside Rangers supported a dedicated team of volunteers who learned skills to successfully plant around 1000 trees. The volunteer team continued in 2023 planting nearly 4000 more trees, to add to the woodland canopy and expand the woodland corridor connecting to established broadleaved woodland in the surrounding landscape. To aid future tree planting and increase canopy cover within South Lanarkshire, GAT and CCF in 2023 carried out an assessment into the CCF landholdings for woodland creation. Clyde Valley Woodlands National Nature Reserve This composite NNR comprises six sites which are managed by their respective owners: SLC, SWT and NatureScot. The sites are managed under joint objectives; members of staff attend regular steering group meetings. The management plan (2017-27) sets out objectives and actions for the sites, including the following objectives: • To maintain a naturally dramatic semi-natural- gorge woodland. • To maintain and enhance biodiversity on the reserve. • To encourage research, survey and monitoring appropriate to the reserve. • To increase awareness and understanding of the rich natural and cultural heritage of the Clyde Valley Woodlands NNR. In 2022 SWT carried out an INNS survey of the Upper Nethan Gorge mapping locations of Japanese Knotweed and Himalayan balsam within the NNR. 168
Page 169
Figure 8: Mapping INNS within the NNR. Our next steps We have identified the key issues within this chapter and the strategic outcomes and actions we will strive to achieve during the lifetime of this strategy: Strategic Outcome 10: Woodlands are restored and managed. Action Lead partner Timescale PAWS at Chatelherault Country Park are converted to native woodland. SLC Ongoing There is no loss of ancient semi-natural woodland. NS, SLC, FLS Ongoing Increasing woodland cover and native woodland expansion contributing to our Nature Networks and the Clyde Climate Forest. SLC, GCV, FLS, SF Ongoing To develop an interactive web based urban forestry tool (Tree Plotter Canopy) to view, plan and grow canopy cover on a right tree, right place basis. Setting canopy cover target and value to ecosystem services. SLC Ongoing Investigate the potential to map changes in native woodland cover. SLC Ongoing Produce and implement a Tree Policy which will manage and enhance woodland and trees and support measures such as canopy assessment and replacement planting. SLC Ongoing Target new woodland creation schemes to manage the impact of sitka spruce regeneration on wetlands, peatlands and open space habitats. SLC, RSPB, NS Ongoing 169
Page 170
Chapter 10: Monitoring This Biodiversity Strategy sets out ten strategic outcomes which cover six ecosystems and the identified cross cutting challenges. We have set out the key issues for each and prepared and agreed an action plan to address these issues. The following table sets out the measures we will use to monitor the progress of our actions. Monitoring of the actions within the Biodiversity Strategy will be undertaken by the Biodiversity Partnership at meetings of the partnership and its sub-groups. Action Aim / Target Timescale Responsibility Strategic Outcome 1: Invasive non-native species are monitored and controlled Raise awareness and reporting of INNS sightings Continue to gather records from public and organisations Ongoing SLC Control of INNS where feasible Targeted control with a high success rate Ongoing INNS sub-group Investigate potential for cross- boundary multi-agency INNS approach. Strategic approach on national level. Form a partnership tasked with delivery Ongoing INNS sub-group Strategic Outcome 2: Designated and locally important sites are conserved Nationally designated sites monitored In line with current survey cycle and priorities Ongoing NS Condition of nationally designated sites Prevent deterioration of site condition: • 42 favourable • 4 recovering • 14 unfavourable Ongoing NS Number of LNRs Now have 17 sites (designated 2022), monitor and improve for biodiversity. Investigate other potential LNRs. Ongoing SLC Number of LNCS Over 100 have been assessed, continue to survey, and assess, work with planning to formally designate. Ongoing SLC List of important species in South Lanarkshire To be completed 2030 SLBP Projects focussed on species or habitats Complete at least one every two years Ongoing SLBP Investigate land coverage of designated and key sites within SL, with the aim to expand to 30% of land use. Map designated and key sites, establish area covered, continue to identify, assess and designated LNCS. 2030 SLBP Continue to work with GCV mapping key habitat sites, identify and create nature networks throughout South Lanarkshire. Continue to work with GCV on Clyde Climate woodland, peatland and grassland nature networks. 2030 SLC, GCV 170
Page 171
Investigate the development of Geodiversity Plan and site designations Develop responsibility for action. Ongoing NS, SLC Strategic Outcome 3: People have opportunities to connect with nature Number of events 12 per year Ongoing People and Nature sub- group Volunteer hours Maintain annual average: 4746 days ongoing Number of training courses 4 per year Ongoing Community volunteer groups engaged with local site management Work with community groups associated with LNR’s and local greenspaces Ongoing SLC Taking outdoor learning project 1 per year Ongoing SLC, NS Strategic Outcome 4: Freshwater habitats are improved and preserved Condition of water bodies Improve condition through various action such as reducing pollution and improving physical condition Ongoing SEPA Increase number of ponds and wetlands in SL. Improve and create wetlands in LNRs and Country Parks. Monitor and maintain for wildlife. 2024/25 SLC, Froglife Ponds managed, created or improved Improve wetlands within LNR’s and Country Parks Monitor and maintain for wildlife, following guidance in management plans. 2026 SLC Engage in promoting citizen science through national water monitoring schemes. Promote uptake of Guardians of the river through network of volunteers. Ongoing SLC, Buglife Establish nature network for wetland habitats. Continue to work with GCV identifying key wetland sites. Ongoing GCV, SLC To explore opportunities in urban areas for restoration projects identified in the third River Basin management Plan One Ongoing SEPA Strategic Outcome 5: The biodiversity value of low-lying farmland is improved Clyde Valley Wader Initiative Work with landowners to progress project. Ongoing RSPB Auchlochan Estate meadow (Brackenhill) Site management measures and surveys. Ongoing FLS Continue to maintain parkland at Mauldslie Woods. Ongoing restoration work, woodland management plan in place Ongoing SLC Strategic Outcome 6: Peatlands are protected and improved Continue peat restoration work at Coalburn Moss SSSI 10-year site management plan in place Ongoing FLS, NS Improve areas of peatland for large heath butterfly Continue to survey and improve habitat for large heath butterfly across SL. 2023 onwards BC Continue to improve and promote peatlands working Langlands Moss, Ongoing BC, SLC 171
Page 172
with volunteers and the Bog Squad Braehead Moss and Blackhead Moss. Continue to restore area of blanket bog at Whitelee Windfarm Area of land under HMP Ongoing FLS, Scottish Power Renewables Continue to improve the peatland at Cander moss Site management measures and surveys Ongoing SWT Clyde Peatlands – work with landowners to identify areas of lowland peat to restore. Work in partnership with Peatland officer Ongoing GCV, SLC Monitor the restoration of peatland habitats that is stipulated in windfarm HMP. Attend steering group meetings and assess progress ongoing SLC, RSPB SLC to investigate restoration work at peatland LNRs, Langlands Moss, Mossneuk Identify potential projects, survey and investigate funding opportunities Ongoing SLC Blackgate Moss (Carnwath) Site management measures and surveys Ongoing FLS Strategic Outcome 7: Uplands are managed in a sustainable way Monitoring of land managed under HMP Attend habitat management groups. Ongoing RSPB, SLC Continue to develop conservation projects for upland birds. Seek funding and develop conservation initiative in partnership with others. Ongoing RSPB Strategic Outcome 8: The urban environment of South Lanarkshire benefits biodiversity Continue to create areas of wildflower meadow in partnership with local communities Monitor and manage current sites, aim to increase quality and number of sites. Ongoing SLC, BC Review grassland management to improve the biodiversity value of amenity grassland in SL. Work with SL grounds staff and GCV to produce pollinator report and identify areas to improve Ongoing SLC, GCV Urban woodlands are managed and restored for biodiversity Tree planting, monitor and increase canopy cover Ongoing SLC, GCV, CCF Ensure we secure positive effects for biodiversity from NPF4 Review guidance from SG. Work with SLC planning department in response to planning applications. Ongoing SLC Improve nature networks to create corridors for species movement, link to neighbouring authorities. Work with GCV Green Network’s Strategy Habitat Network: grasslands, wetlands, CCF, peatlands. Ongoing SLC, GCV The urban drainage system is designed to give the maximum benefit to biodiversity. Map SUDs ponds and assess their biodiversity Ongoing SEPA SLC Investigate the impacts of increasing deer populations Survey and monitor impact Ongoing NS, SLC Strategic Outcome 9: Vacant and Derelict Land contributes to biodiversity Number of wooded sites surveyed Complete 2030 SLC 172
Page 173
Number of VDL sites improved for biodiversity 4 2030 SLC Number of sites on VDL register (that are uneconomic to development or soft end use) Decrease from 115.93ha in 2022 (27 sites) 2030 SLC Strategic Outcome 10: Woodlands are restored and managed Area of land at Chatelherault converting to natural woodland Increase Ongoing SLC There is no loss of ancient semi-natural woodland Monitoring Ongoing NS, SLC, FLS Increase woodland cover and native woodland expansion Increase CCF, Ash dieback recovery Ongoing SLC, GCV, FLS, SF To develop an interactive web based urban forest tool to view, plan and grow canopy cover Complete 2026 SLC Investigate the potential to map changes in native woodland cover Complete 2026 SLC Develop and implement Tree Policy Complete 2028 SLC Target new woodland creation schemes to manage the impact of sitka spruce regeneration on wetlands, peatlands and open space habitats. Monitor, comment on new woodland proposals / applications. ongoing FLS, SLC, RSPB. 173
Page 174
Appendix 1: Our strategic outcomes The Scottish Biodiversity Strategy 2045 sets out clear ambition for Scotland to be Nature Positive by 2030 and to have restored and regenerated biodiversity across the country by 2045. Our vision is: By 2045, Scotland will have restored and regenerated biodiversity across our land, freshwater and seas. Our natural environment, our habitats, ecosystems and species, will be diverse, thriving, resilient and adapting to climate change. Regenerated biodiversity will drive a sustainable economy and support thriving communities, and people will play their part in the stewardship of nature for future generations. The Strategy contains 26 of the most urgent Priority Actions which will put us on track for halting the loss of biodiversity and being nature positive by 2030. Priority Actions from the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy 2045: 1. Accelerate restoration and regeneration. • Introduce statutory nature restoration targets. • Introduce a programme of ecosystem restoration. • Continue to drive down and deliver substantially reduced deer densities across our landscapes. • Implement Scottish Plan for INNS surveillance, prevention and control, and secure wider support measures to enable effective INNS removal. • Ensure grouse-moor management sustains healthy biodiversity. 2. Expand and connect protected areas and improve their condition. • Expand our protected areas to at least 30% of the land. • Ensure we secure positive effects for biodiversity from our National Planning Framework (NPF4). • Ensure that every local authority area has a nature network improving ecological connectivity across Scotland. • Realise the potential of National Nature Reserves as key assets for increasing ecological connectivity. 3. Nature-friendly farming, fishing and forestry • Ensure increase uptake of high diversity, nature-rich, high soil-carbon, low intensity farming methods while sustaining high quality food production. • Ensure that productive forests and woodlands deliver increased biodiversity and habitat connectivity as well as timber production. 4. Recover and protect vulnerable and important species. • Continue effective species recovery, reintroduction, and reinforcement programmes. • Support surveillance and monitoring to support managing risks around pathogens and disease in wild bird populations. • Implement measure to protect and recover Scotland’s wild Atlantic salmon and migratory fish populations. • Revise the Scottish Biodiversity List of species and habitats, to be of importance for biodiversity conservation in Scotland. 5. Generate the investment needed to support nature recovery. • Maintain and seek to increase investment in nature restoration through the Nature Restoration Fund. • Investment in green skills and local economic opportunities supporting nature-based education, skills and volunteering. 174
Page 175
• Continue to develop and enhance the woodland and peatland carbon. The Scottish Government is committed to developing an investment plan which sets out their assessment of investment required to deliver a nature positive future. The Biodiversity Investment Plan hopes to provide an overview of the range of known public and private funding sources for biodiversity restoration, drive efficiency in the use of public funds and encourage partnership in the development of projects to deliver transformative change on a landscape scale. Strategic outcome Priority Action for 2030 1: Invasive non-native species are monitored and controlled 1, 4 2: Designated and locally important sites are conserved 1, 2, 4 3: People have opportunities to connect with nature 1, 2, 5 4: Freshwater habitats are improved and preserved 1, 2, 3, 4 5: The biodiversity value of low-lying farmland is improved 1,2, 3 6: Peatlands are protected and improved 1, 2, 5 7: Uplands are managed in a sustainable way 1, 2, 4 8: The urban environment benefits biodiversity 1, 2, 5 9: Vacant and Derelict Land contributes to biodiversity 1, 2, 5 10: Woodlands are restored and managed 1, 2, 3, 5 175
Page 176
Appendix 2: Acronyms BC CAG CCS CRF Butterfly Conservation Scotland Countryside and Greenspace Service Climate Change and Sustainability Committee Clyde River Foundation FLS Forestry and Land Scotland GAT Green Action Trust GCV HMP Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network Habitat Management Plan INNS Invasive Non-Native Species LNCS Local Nature Conservation Site LNR Local Nature Reserve NBS NNR Nature-based solutions National Nature Reserve NS PAWS NatureScot Plantations on Ancient Woodland Sites RSPB The Royal Society for the Protection of Birds SAC Special Area of Conservation SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment SEPA Scottish Environment Protection Agency SF SLBP Scottish Forestry South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership SLBS South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy SPA Special Protection Area SSSI Site of Special Scientific Interest SUDS Sustainable (Urban) Drainage System SWT TF Scottish Wildlife Trust Tweed Forum VDL Vacant and Derelict Land 176
Page 177
Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan 2024 - 2026 February 2024 If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to discuss how we can best meet your needs. Phone: 0303 123 1015 or email: equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 5 177
Page 178
Contents 1: Introduction 2: Actions taken to improve biodiversity 3: Governance 4: Mainstreaming, nature-based solutions, and climate change 5: Public engagement and workforce development 6: Actions, monitoring, and review Appendix 1: Acronyms 178
Page 179
1: Introduction Biodiversity, short for biological diversity, is the variety of life which inhabits planet Earth. It is every species of plant, animal, fungi and microbe, their genetic variation, and the habitats upon which all living things depend. This includes diversity within species, between species and across ecosystems. It encompasses the whole of the natural world, not just the rare or endangered and includes people. Biodiversity is a key component of life. It provides us with all the ecosystem services we need to survive, including the clean air that we breathe, water, food, shelter, and medicine. It provides employment, recreational, leisure and learning opportunities and helps us to both mitigate and adapt to climate change. It reinforces a sense of place and our cultural identity. The distribution and diversity of the ecological resources within South Lanarkshire is influenced by the variation in geography and topography of the area. There are a series of distinct landscape character areas, each with varied and valuable biodiversity assets. Some of these assets are internationally important with others of national or local significance. Although the region is mainly agricultural land, there are pockets of natural and semi-natural habitats, including ancient woodland, peatland and upland moorland. The natural environment is an asset which can contribute to the economic growth of South Lanarkshire if it is managed and used in a sustainable manner. Many of our growth sectors, such as tourism and food provision rely on ecosystem services from high-quality natural environment. Society and biodiversity are interdependent; sustainable development requires the protection of biodiversity. Taking an ecosystem wide approach to conservation may help to sustainably develop and use resources whilst conserving biodiversity. The environment of South Lanarkshire is an asset, providing the basis for services which are of direct benefit to our economy and communities. Environmental pressures having an adverse effect on biodiversity within South Lanarkshire include the invasion of non-native species, fragmentation of habitats affecting connectivity of systems and the inappropriate location of urban development or development that is insensitive to the local environment. One of the greatest pressures on ecosystem function is climate change, with habitat fragmentation restricting the ability of species to adapt. We are at a critical juncture. The global climate emergency and the nature emergency are twin reinforcing crises: our failure to address biodiversity loss and climate change is already impacting on our economy, society, and wider wellbeing. There is now an indisputable body of evidence that biodiversity, both globally and in Scotland, is in real trouble, our natural environment has been heavily degraded, with continued declines across much of our land and seascapes. Our efforts to address the crisis to date have generated some successes, but we urgently need to accelerate and scale up those efforts to drive a landscape scale recovery. No one can tackle these emergencies alone, so we need to have an inclusive nature positive approach that engages with communities, businesses, landowners, managers and decision makers, recognises the fundamental importance of our natural environment and to reverse biodiversity loss by 2030. The application of South Lanarkshire’s Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan (BDIP) and the Biodiversity Strategy (BS) will have a direct impact in stemming the decline of biodiversity assets within the region. Both plans will help ensure the effective management of these assets, which in turn will help to improve the quality and richness of the local environment across all ecosystems. The Biodiversity Duty The Nature Conservation Act (Scotland) Act 2004, created a duty on public bodies, to “further the conservation of biodiversity as far as is consistent with the proper exercise of those functions.” In so doing, public bodies must take regard of the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy 2045. Our role is to support biodiversity from direct actions, through to educating others and raising awareness. 179
Page 180
The Wildlife and Nature Environmental (Scotland) Act (2011) (WANE Act) amends the Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act (2004) and places an additional obligation on public bodies to report on compliance with the biodiversity duty every three years. The most recent Biodiversity Duty report 2021-2023 and past reports can be found on the councils webpage. The biodiversity duty is not only about protecting biodiversity through managing specific habitats and species it also aims to increase the level of understanding and connection between people and the living environment, promote consideration of all our impacts on the natural world through our actions and decisions, including through procurement and use of resources and encourage staff, partners and customers to engage with, consider and understand biodiversity. The Scottish Biodiversity Strategy to 2045 ‘Tackling the Nature Emergency’ in Scotland sets out clear ambitions for Scotland to be nature positive by 2030 and to have restored and regenerated biodiversity across the country by 2045. The Vision by 2045: “Scotland will have restored and regenerated biodiversity across our land, freshwater and seas. Our natural environment, our habitats, ecosystems, and species, will be diverse, thriving, resilient and adapting to climate change. Regenerated biodiversity will drive a sustainable economy and support thriving communities and people will play their part in the sustainable economy and the stewardship of nature for future generations”. South Lanarkshire council carries out its biodiversity duty primarily through the implementation of the Biodiversity Strategy and by helping achieve the national objectives and outcomes of the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy through local action. Local Context The BDIP will be informed by other council led policies, plans and strategies in the hierarchical of plans. These include: • South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy (2024 to 2030) • Community Plan (2022 to 2032) • Council Plan (2022 to 2027) • Local Development plan 2 • Sustainability Development and Climate Change Strategy (2022 to 2027) The Council Plan sets out the services we will provide to local communities and residents. Biodiversity has a part to play within the integrated delivery of our vision, ambitions, values, and objectives. The BDIP reflects the priorities and outcomes set out within the Biodiversity Strategy and articulates how we will achieve our duty to conserve biodiversity. The BDIP takes cognisance of the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy which also emphasises the importance of achieving our biodiversity duty. The BDIP reflects guidance from the Scottish Government and includes sections on: • Actions to protect biodiversity: examples of our key achievements. • Governance: How we manage biodiversity and ensure compliance with the duty. • Mainstreaming, nature-based solutions, and climate change measures: How we incorporate biodiversity, nature-based solutions, and climate change measures across a wide range of services, policies, plans and strategies. • Public engagement and workforce development: How we continue to work with partners, including our communities and staff to promote and raise awareness of biodiversity and its importance. • Research and monitoring: How we record, monitor, and review our work through species, habitats surveying to the development of management plans. 180
Page 181
• Actions: Sets out our key planned actions for the next three years and how we will monitor our actions and activities to meet our reporting commitments. 2. Actions taken to improve biodiversity We have made considerable progress in our biodiversity activities since the last BDIP was published in 2018. In that time, we have achieved various actions that have helped to secure real improvements to biodiversity, here are just a few of the projects we have been involved with since the last report: The designation of new Local Nature Reserves (LNR). Across Scotland, LNRs are diverse places that provide people access to the outdoors in places that are valued for their wildness in an urban setting. These places are usable for recreation and education, as well as being biodiverse where wildlife can thrive. In February 2022, we designated a total of 17 LNRs, with 16 new sites adding to the existing one at Langlands Moss. Covering 610 hectares in total, these sites encompass a broad spectrum of habitats including raised bog, ancient broadleaved woodland, riparian woodland, grasslands, wetland, and freshwater. LNR’s are locally important areas of natural heritage, located close to our towns and cities. Photo 1: The front cover of one of our management statements for our newly designated Local Nature Reserves. Some sites have already had significant investment to improve their access and other infrastructure, some very little. Similarly, some have excellent community groups who do much work on their sites, while others have none. Each site has a designated SLC Countryside Ranger who works with the local community, interest groups and schools. We wish to continue and expand on the work within our LNR’s to keep people interested and involved with their local greenspaces. We will continue to collaborate with our communities to ensure local needs are met and that the public is aware of why these sites are important. Each site has a draft management statement prepared by SLC, which provides information on why it is important in terms of the reserve’s natural history, historic environment and to the local community, the statements also provide general management aims to preserve the key features and enhance the site for biodiversity. Further information on each site can be found on the Council webpage, each draft management statement will be developed into a full site management plan in partnership with the NatureScot (NS) and the local communities. 181
Page 182
A series of short films were produced in 2023 highlighting the work and improvements we have achieved for biodiversity in a few of our Local Nature Reserves. The new local nature reserves are: • Backmuir wood, Hamilton • Blantyre, Bothwell and Uddingston • Cadzow Glen, Hamilton • Fernbrae Meadows • Greenhall, Milheugh and Barnhill, Blantyre • Hamilton Low Parks • Holmhills Wood, Cambuslang • James Hamilton Heritage Park, East Kilbride • Jock’s Burn, Carluke • Langlands Moss, East Kilbride • Milton, Carluke • Morgan Glen, Larkhall • Mossneuk, East Kilbride • Neilsland and Earnock, Hamilton • Stonehouse Park, Stonehouse • Udston and Glenlee Woods, Hamilton • Westburn Marsh, Cambuslang Peatland Restoration work at Langlands Moss LNR In early 2020 Langlands Moss LNR underwent a dramatic transformation as part of a £202,000 peatland restoration project in partnership with Green Action Trust (GAT) and NatureScot (NS). A feasibility survey was commissioned by SLC in 2018 through NatureScot’s Peatland Action fund to determine the potential of the site for eco-hydrological restoration. A large conifer plantation stood to the north and west of the raised bog and the survey found sections of deep peat underneath this plantation. The average peat depth was found to be 139cm, with deeper pockets of over 9 metres. The volume of peat equates to 298,199.6m3 with an estimated carbon content of 28,925 tonnes of carbon. With the evidence from the study, we decided to remove the large stand of conifer trees and dam the drains associated with the forestry plantation, with the aim to increase the water level in and around the raised bog. Photo 2: Contractor installing peat dams at Langlands Moss LNR. 182
Page 183
The project involved removing an area of 20.15ha of over mature conifer trees, a protected species survey, removal of brash from the surface of the peat, the installation of 21 peat dams and five bunds, resulting in installing approximately 278 metres length of dams at the reserve. By felling the conifer trees and blocking the associated drainage ditches, we are allowing the water table to rise back to its natural level, preventing the underlying peat from drying out and, in time, restore the growth of sphagnum ‘bog’ mosses to make the peat an active carbon sink once again. Restoring the bog will support our commitment to combating climate change, it will also lead to a much more diverse, attractive, and accessible recreational facility for the people of East Kilbride. In 2021, we found that some of the dams had become damaged, failing to retain water. So, in 2022 with GAT and advice from NS we employed a contractor to reprofile the failing dams with peat, they are now retaining water within the reserve. Photo 3: Photo of some of the unique plants found on the raised bog: heather, cranberry and round-leaved sundew. Photo 4: Overview of the raised bog at Langlands Moss LNR. The Nature Restoration Programme In 2021 SLC were awarded £264,000 via the Nature Restoration Fund (NRF). In 2022 we were allocated a further £188,000, with an additional £146,000 from SLC Climate Emergency Fund. The focus of the work was to deliver positive effects for biodiversity, local ecosystems, mitigate the impact of climate change and promote nature-base solutions. Most of the groundwork has been completed by our seasonal grounds employees. The focus has been to build on previous work on our land over the last few years improving our: • Local Nature Reserves, Country Park, and National Nature Reserve: creating and enhancing wildflower areas for pollinators, planting trees, small access repairs and removal of invasive and non-native species. • District Parks: old and degraded shrub beds were replaced with plants chosen to benefit pollinators throughout the year. Some of these plants are also noted to help improve air quality, which can be incorporated as appropriate. • Development of plans and studies: investing in feasibility studies that will enable future site works that take advantage of various potential funding streams. The objectives for these studies will focus on multiple benefits; nature-based solutions that improve the site for people and wildlife as well as helping to offset the impacts of climate change. 183
Page 184
Photo 5: The ‘Friends of Calder’ sowing wildflower seeds at one of the two meadows created. 900 trees were also planted at the reserve to improve a large expanse of amenity grassland in the LNR for wildlife as part of the NRP. In July 2023 a further £545,000 was awarded to the council through the NRF. Scottish Government has highlighted that the fund should be used to deliver on: ▪ Habitat and species restoration: management for enhancement and connectivity. ▪ Freshwater restoration, including restoration of natural flows in rural catchments. ▪ Control of invasive non-native species (INNS) impacting on nature. ▪ Urban: enhancing and connecting nature across, and between, towns and cities. This approach hopes to deliver multiple benefits, supporting health and well-being, air and water quality improvements in addition to supporting nature recovery. Local authorities are also expected to begin to develop projects which will contribute to establishing Nature Networks in their area. The fourth National Planning Framework (NPF4) sets out the Scottish Government’s expectation that nature networks will be put in place in every local authority to enhance biodiversity and better connect areas for nature. Ecological connectivity can be provided by wildlife sites, corridors and stepping-stones, landscape features, watercourses, green and blue spaces that together form integrated nature networks. Pollinator projects The Countryside and Greenspace Team worked in partnership with Butterfly Conservation for the duration of their Helping Hands for Butterflies Project. The three-year project that ended in October 2022, engaged with over 700 people throughout the central belt of Scotland. The project was funded by the National Lottery Heritage Fund and NatureScot to create new habitats for butterflies in urban places. Photo 6: One of the signs installed as part of the Helping Hands for Butterfly project. 184
Page 185
The project introduced the world of butterflies and moths to new volunteers, through training events and workshops to help people identify and monitor species. The project also created flower-rich grasslands in urban parks that were specifically intended to help butterflies and moths. Management plans were created for each site, with four main aims to reduce the cutting, remove the cuttings, plant yellow rattle for the first year, then plant with butterfly friendly species. Three sites were chosen in South Lanarkshire at Stonefield Park and Hunthill Road Whitegate Community Orchard in Blantyre and Bothwell Park, in Hamilton. Staff and volunteers helped create and improve these sites for invertebrates, reducing the mowing regime to once a year, removing the grass cuttings to reduce the nutrient content returning into the soil and sowing wildflower seed. We will continue to maintain and expand the three project sites for wildlife. A full report and a film of the project highlights were produced by Butterfly Conservation can be found on their webpage: Helping Hands for Butterflies Project. In November 2023 South Lanarkshire council Countryside and Greenspace team produced a report summarising the work undertaken over several years to help conserve and enhance sites for pollinators and their habitats. The Making Space for Pollinators report highlights the partnership work in developing and enhancing over 155 grassland sites for pollinators covering approximately 63 hectares. Photo 7: A orange-tip butterfly on cuckooflower at The Whitegate Orchard in Blantyre. Reducing herbicide use and researching alternatives. There is increased public concern about the use of pesticides, particularly those containing glyphosate in weed control and the potential risks associated with using these products. Grounds Services (GS) have piloted alternative methods of weed control and pesticide free zones in partnership with local groups. A variety of methods were trialled in 2021 to 2022, including hot foam, hot steam, new ways to spray, ultra-low volume lance, hot air / thermal treatments, and different glyphosate products to determine the difference in effectiveness. Overall, the trials usage of glyphosate has been reduced by 30% (2019 usage of glyphosate was 4462 litres, reduced to 3123 litres in 2022). The trial demonstrated a clear direction for decreasing usage of glyphosate, and GS aim to continue reviewing the use, whilst utilising alternative methods to maximise impact. The Countryside and Greenspace Service (CAG) CAG continue to work with volunteers and community groups, supporting various types of work to create, restore and promote biodiversity. The average number of days volunteering each year is 4746 days (2018 to 2023), which equates to £474,600 annually (based on £100 per day). 2022 was a great year for our volunteers a huge 5342 days were accrued equating to £534,200. This is 185
Page 186
an under-representation of the work carried out in South Lanarkshire by volunteers, as we do not receive information from all our groups every year. CAG produced a draft report summarising the work of our volunteers (2011 to 2021). The report found that 900 hectares of land have been improved for biodiversity and access over the ten-year period. Photo 8: The Friends of Langlands Moss community group gathered after a day of conservation work with butterfly Conservation’s Bog Squad. Improvements for nature on former vacant and derelict land. Four former vacant and derelict land and brownfield sites in South Lanarkshire are now designated as LNRs: Milton near Carluke, Fernbrae Meadows near Cathkin, Redlees near Blantyre and Holmhills, near Cambuslang. SLC have also converted a former tip in East Kilbride to create Glen Esk Urban Greenspace. All are now accessible for people and provide improved biodiversity value. Photo 9: Milton LNR, one of the areas improved for pollinators and wildlife. In 2020, significant site works were undertaken at Milton LNR a former brick works covering around 14 hectares in Carluke thanks to the Vacant and Derelict Land Fund. Three new access points were created, paths and boardwalks were installed along with benches and a central design incorporating reclaimed bricks from the former brick works in a Celtic knot design. Drainage has been improved throughout the site and a dipping platform was installed at one of the ponds. Wildflower seeds were sown in many areas to improve both grassland diversity and pollinator habitats. The site is now a well-used and much welcome asset to the local community. Fernbrae Meadows LNR covers an area of 37.8 hectares on the western edge of South Lanarkshire at the boundary with Glasgow. Fernbrae Meadows comprises the former Blairbeth Golf Course and part of Cathkin Braes Country Park. In 2018 SLC with help from NatureScot’s Green Infrastructure Fund, established a variety of new habitats at the LNR: ponds and associated marshy grassland, an orchard and native woodland planting to link to existing woodland in the 186
Page 187
south of the site. Native wildflowers have been sown in large swathes of grassland, in which can be found plants of interest including common-spotted orchid, northern marsh orchid and greater butterfly orchid. Photo 10: Local volunteers and the ‘Friends of Fernbrae Meadows’ harvesting seed from one of the meadows at the LNR. Glen Esk Urban Greenspace located in East Kilbride, a former landfill site left to regenerate naturally, subsequently dominated by birch and willow scrub. In 2019 SLC collaborated with the local community to explore how to spend the £1 million awarded by the Scottish Government Vacant Derelict Land Fund. The 7.6 hectare site now incorporates native planting and habitat creation, an outdoor classroom, improved access, and car park. Habitats of open water, wildflower meadows, planted trees and marshy grassland were added to increase the biodiversity value. The greenspace links to areas of mature broadleaved woodland in the surrounding landscape connecting to an extensive wildlife corridor following the wooded banks of the Rotten Calder Water within Calderglen Country Park. The former brownfield sites are now being managed for biodiversity, so becoming assets to the local community as well as attracting visitors from further afield. In addition to recreation, with its attendant health and well-being benefits, the sites are used for outdoor education and several of them have inspired involvement by the local community groups and individuals to maintain them and record wildlife. Air quality We have declared three Air Quality Management Areas within South Lanarkshire and an Action Plan which sets out the local measures to be implemented to improve air quality. These actions aim to reduce particulates and nitrogen oxides, which will improve air quality as well as having a positive impact on biodiversity. Over the next year we plan to revise the current air quality action plan and this time we will look to see how we can strengthen the links to biodiversity. As part of that process, we will look to the Cleaner Air for 2 Strategy produced by Scottish Government and in particular reference the use of nature based solutions. Environmental Services produced a 2022 Air Quality Annual Progress report highlighting projects in South Lanarkshire to improve air quality. We are working in partnership with a local community gardening group ‘Grow 73’ and have installed several large wooden planters with pollution fighting plants, some of which are pollinator friendly adjacent to a busy road junction in Rutherglen. The project has been running for several years and Grow 73 continue to maintain the planters and engaged with the Royal Horticultural Society who have supported the project by providing advice, compost, and additional plants. 187
Page 188
Photo 11: Grow 73 maintaining the raised bed in Rutherglen. 3. Governance In South Lanarkshire, biodiversity is managed by the Countryside and Greenspace Service within Community and Enterprise Resources. We report to the Corporate Management Team (CMT) on compliance with the biodiversity duty. The CMT is chaired by our Chief Executive and its members include all Executive Directors within the council. Biodiversity is governed through our Climate Change and Sustainability Committee (CCS), which has decision making powers to help to accelerate the pace and scale of action needed in response to the climate and nature emergencies and meet challenging national targets. All our services are expected to demonstrate compliance with the duty in some way; we welcome the opportunity to continually develop work which benefits biodiversity. Biodiversity action will not be confined to those stated in this plan; additional actions will be recorded and reported. Environmental data is collated and presented in the South Lanarkshire State of the Environment Report which is updated every two years. The data informs the Strategic Environmental Assessment process, which itself generates biodiversity measures and monitoring data. Managers and officers from the Countryside and Greenspace Service meet with colleagues to discuss current and potential future biodiversity activities and actions. The outputs from these meetings are reflected within the plan. Out-with these formal arrangements, members of the team regularly meet with colleagues to discuss biodiversity related issues and projects. Reporting will be in line with the Scottish Government’s Guidance for Biodiversity Duty Reporting. 4. Mainstreaming / nature-bases solutions and climate change We continue to work closely with all resources to mainstream consideration of biodiversity across our services. Managers and officers from the Countryside and Greenspace Service are members of various corporate groups and forums where they actively promote consideration of biodiversity. These include: Climate Change and Sustainability Steering Group The group which is made up of senior managers from all our resources and has responsibility for overseeing the implementation of the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy. Regular reports on biodiversity within South Lanarkshire are given to the group. Corporate SEA Working Group The group brings together representatives from all key services and resources to oversee the Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) process within the council. Representatives give information, advice, and assistance on biodiversity to members who are responsible for preparing council led policies, plans, programmes, and strategies (PPPS). Many of our plans have been 188
Page 189
strengthened by the SEA process and the actions of the group. This has proved to be one of the most effective ways of mainstreaming biodiversity and climate change into the strategic process. SEA Scoping Workshops These workshops are held for all our plans which are determined to require SEA. These are attended by staff from the Countryside and Greenspace Service who provide valuable input about likely positive and negative impacts from the proposed plan on the area’s biodiversity. This helps to ensure that biodiversity is given early and effective consideration and often leads to further discussion between services, which helps to reinforce the delivery of our biodiversity duty. 5. Public engagement and workforce development There is a strong track record of partnership working in South Lanarkshire in which biodiversity has a role. The South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership Established in 1997 to bring together partners with an interest in conserving and promoting biodiversity. The partnership is supported and facilitated by the council and has members from organisations including NatureScot (NS), The Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA), the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB), The Scottish Wildlife Trust (SWT) and Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network Partnership (GCV). It is responsible for the preparation and monitoring of the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy. South Lanarkshire Outdoor Access Forum (SLOAF) The Land Reform (Scotland) Act 2003 requires all access authorities in Scotland to set up at least one Local Access Forum. SLOAF advises the council and any other person or body on issues that arise in relation to outdoor access. Our forum consists of representatives from a wide range of interests including land managers (farm, estate owners, agencies such as the FCS, Historic Scotland and SWT), walkers, cyclists, equestrians, anglers, and local communities. Lanarkshire Green Health Partnership LGHP was established in March 2018 and is a cross sectoral collaboration working together to connect people with nature and maximise the use of health inducing green assets. This multi- agency partnership provides a platform to maximise the use of greenspaces for community health and wellbeing. The partnership allows the voluntary, health and social care sectors to work together more closely, to expand the provision of green health volunteering opportunities in the use of nature-based solutions to deliver a range of public health outcomes. LGHP include NatureScot, NHS, Scottish Forestry, Volunteer Action South Lanarkshire, South and North Lanarkshire council’s. Projects including Get Outdoors Lanarkshire, Get Walking Lanarkshire, Community Food Growing Initiative Lanarkshire are supported by this partnership. We continue to work with a variety of external partners to further our biodiversity duty, including: • Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network • Community Planning Partnership • Greenspace Scotland • Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire • Community Action Lanarkshire • Green Action Trust We also work with a variety of communities and volunteers, including: • Friends of the Calder • Friends of Cadzow Glen • Friends of Fernbrae Meadows • New Roots - Neilsland and Earnock Heritage Group • Cadzow Community Corps 189
Page 190
• Friends of Holmhills Wood Community Park • Friends of Langlands Moss • Friends of Morgan Glen • Friends of Stonehouse Park The staff within the Countryside and Greenspace team provide advice regarding biodiversity issues to colleagues. We provide training days to staff and volunteers, and we attend conferences and training events provided by internal and external organisations, such as NatureScot, Plantlife, Butterfly Conservation and Green Action Trust. We have created an online learning course available to all staff; entitled ‘Your Biodiversity Duty’. The biodiversity officer attends the Scottish Local Biodiversity Network meetings twice a year to share and learn from good practices. We produce a newsletter twice a year, which gives our groups and volunteers an opportunity to showcase and promote themselves and the work they achieve for biodiversity, this is shared widely among our networks and partners. 6. Action, monitoring, and review Following a detailed internal consultation process with all council services a plan has been prepared in which we set out our key actions for the three years of the BDIP. Table 1: Key to abbreviations used in the plan Key to abbreviations used in plan Council Resources ER Education Resources FCT Finance and Corporate Resources HTR Housing and Technical Resources SWR Social Work Resources Ser vices within Community and Enterprise Resources CAG Countryside and Greenspace ES Environmental Services GS Grounds Services PRS Planning and Regulatory Services RT Roads and Transportation Groups CSWG Corporate SEA Working Group LASS Learning about Sustainability in Schools CCS Climate Change and Sustainability Steering Group 190
Page 191
Table 2: Mainstreaming The council has incorporated biodiversity measures into various policy areas. There are strong links between biodiversity and a range of council activities and services. No. Action Timescale Lead 1. SEAs are carried out for all qualifying policies, plans programmes and strategies (PPPS). ongoing CSWG 2. The biodiversity duty is reflected in resource and service plans. ongoing FCT 3. Develop and implement an Open Space Strategy for South Lanarkshire. ongoing PRS 4. Review and update guidance which supports the Local Development Plan / NPF4. from 2024 PRS, CAG 5. Continue to build on the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-2027, ensuring biodiversity and nature-based solutions are key considerations in tackling the climate crisis. ongoing CCS 6. Continue to monitor and improve biodiversity within our LNR’s. Identify nature-based solutions that improve the reserves for people and wildlife, working in partnership with the local community and external partners. ongoing CAG 7. Continue to survey and assess Local Nature Conservation Sites (LNCS), work with planning on the designation process. in progress CAG, PRS 8. Develop a Tree Canopy Cover Strategy to protect, enhance and manage a thriving benefit-generating canopy cover that also broadens community engagement, canopy resilience to climate change, pests and storm events. in progress GS 9. Progress the integration of the Clyde Climate Forest, ensure tree retention and planting is sustainably embedded, as appropriate, into development plans, frameworks, masterplans along with corporate policy and investment documents. ongoing GS 10. Revise current Air Quality Action Plan, with guidance from Scottish Government to identify nature-based solution to improve air quality and enhance links to biodiversity. ongoing ES 11. Continue to attain the scale and impact of ash dieback disease on council landholdings, to create a landscape scale and adaptation Ash Dieback Recovery Plan. ongoing GS 191
Page 192
Table 3: Conserving and enhancing biodiversity. The council takes action to conserve and enhance biodiversity in South Lanarkshire. No. Action Timescale Lead 12. Continue to review the current grass management practices, particularly for sites with actual or potential biodiversity value. ongoing GS 13. Continue to review the application of herbicides on council land with the aim to reduce use as much as possible. ongoing GS 14. Leave road verges to grow outside settlements for wildflowers, except where safety is required otherwise, cut once at the end of the year. ongoing GS 15. Continue to investigate opportunities to maximise the use of native and pollinator friendly plants on council owned land. ongoing GS, RT, 16. Investigate the use of green infrastructure to improve air quality, particularly that which favours native and pollinator friendly species. ongoing ES, PRS 17. Continue to develop assessment of biodiversity assets: location and biodiversity value of SUDs. ongoing PRS, CAG 18. Carry out flood studies which may allow for natural flood management measures. ongoing RT 19. Investigate and control the impacts of increasing deer populations within the urban environment, particularly woodlands. ongoing CAG 20. Request the inclusion of biodiversity value habitats within the restoration of mineral and peat extraction sites. ongoing PRS 21. Remove sites from the Vacant and Derelict Land (VDL) register where they have attained a habitat that contributes to biodiversity. ongoing ES, PRS, CAG 22. Ensure the current INNS database is kept up to date. ongoing GS, RT 23. Ensure Habitat Management Plans related to windfarm developments are prepared and implemented where required. ongoing PRS CAG 24. Share records with the Biological Records Centre at Glasgow Museums Resource Centre to digitise and mobilise records. ongoing CAG 25. Conduct a Learning for Sustainability audit in schools which includes information on outdoor learning. ongoing ER 26. Actively participate in and promote the realisation of Clyde Climate Forest (CCF), targets to increase the average tree canopy cover to 20%, increase the average broadleaf network by 20% and increase forest ongoing GS, CAG 192
Page 193
and woodland cover in the Glasgow region to 20% by 2032. 27. Identify, expand and enhance a spatially defined Nature Network by 2030. 2030 CAG, PRS, GS 28. The council will continue to use the current replanting scheme where trees have been lost, until the Tree Canopy Cover Strategy is approved. The council will consider i-tree ecosystem services to inform tree loss mitigation standards. ongoing GS, CAG 29. Continue to develop Tree Plotter canopy software to help review, plan and grow canopy cover towards aspirational targets. To build an accurate picture of the nature, condition, resilience and ecosystem services value of our woodland. ongoing GS 30. Continue to identify and progress a variety of projects that benefit species or habitats of importance within South Lanarkshire, linking where possible with external partners. ongoing CAG 31. The Unpaid Work Service, via Community Payback Orders, will continue to work in LNRs’ and greenspaces, occasionally working alongside the country rangers and local community groups to improve sites for nature and access. ongoing SWR, CAG 32. The unpaid work service will continue to develop the educational garden project to support the kitchen learning hub and develop a green space area that will help provide therapeutic benefits. ongoing SWR Table 4: Partnership Working The council works in partnership with external bodies and communities to deliver biodiversity outcomes. No. Action Timescale Lead 33. Co-ordinate and provide officer support for the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership (SLBP). ongoing CAG 34. Facilitate and chair annual meetings of the SLBP and sub- groups. ongoing CAG 35. Implement and report progress on SLC led actions set out in the South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Strategy to partners. ongoing CAG 36. The Countryside Ranger Service continues to provide training, events and information to volunteers and communities. ongoing CAG 37. The Countryside Ranger Service provides regular opportunities for volunteers and community groups to be involved with improving greenspaces for people and biodiversity. ongoing CAG 193
Page 194
38. The council continues to work with external partners including the Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network Partnership, Butterfly Conservation, Froglife, Buglife, Green Action Trust, SWT to further the conservation of biodiversity. ongoing CAG, SLC wide 39. The council continues to further the conservation of biodiversity through initiatives such as City Deal and Clyde Gateway. ongoing SLC wide 40. Continue with the Learning Outdoors project with NatureScot connecting schools with local greenspaces. ongoing ER, CAG 41. CAG staff meet with resource colleagues to review BDIP actions and progress. ongoing CCS 42. Investigate the development of a Geodiversity Plan and site designations that identify locally important sites. ongoing PRS 43. Continue to monitor, maintain, and expand areas of wildflower meadow in partnership with Butterfly Conservation, Buglife and GCV. ongoing CAG, GS 44. Survey relevant Vacant and Derelict land sites and deliver site projects, in partnership with external organisations. ongoing CAG, ES 45. Work in partnership with GCV on the Clyde Peatlands project, Clyde Climate Forest, Clyde Grasslands and establish Clyde wetlands to help define SL’s nature networks. ongoing CAG, GS 46. Fulfil the potential of our NNR for nature recovery, work with SWT and NS to ensure that the NNR is managed as a key building block for our nature network. ongoing CAG Table 5: Communications The council make use of their daily contact with the public to communicate, educate and promote biodiversity. Within the council, staff are kept aware of and up to date with biodiversity issues, changes, and opportunities. No. Action Timescale Lead 47. The importance of biodiversity and its place in South Lanarkshire is promoted to staff and the public. ongoing CCS 48. Staff and contractors are made aware of protected or important species and habitats. ongoing CAG, ES 49. The importance of biodiversity in mitigating against the effects of climate change is promoted, as well as the need for biodiversity to be capable of adaptation. ongoing CCS 50. Teachers can access GLOW (the educational intranet platform) for regularly updated State of the Environment information and other biodiversity materials. ongoing CSWG, LASS 51. Staff, partners and communities are made aware of INNS and encouraged to report their location. ongoing GS, RT, ES 194
Page 195
52. Progress development management processes and cross service training for planning, protection, delivery and monitoring of trees and tree planting in developments. ongoing GS 53. Volunteering opportunities related to biodiversity are promoted to staff and communities. ongoing CAG Table 6: Monitoring and review Actions within the BDIP will be reviewed to reflect the ongoing work within the council to meet our biodiversity duty. The findings of the review will be reported through our governance structures to the council’s executive committee. Measure Baseline Target Frequency Source Number of schools registered as Eco- schools 100% Maintain Annually ER Number of schools achieving and retaining the Eco-Schools Green Flag award 60 (2021) Increase Two years ER Number of Local Nature Reserves identified and designated 17 Increase Three years CAG, PRS Number of Local Nature Conservation Sites identified and assessed 110 Increase Annually CAG, PRS Number of parks which have attained Green Flag status 3 Maintain Annually GS Number of sites where INNS are controlled; species cover has reduced in size or been eradicated at 95% of locations 431 (2021) Continue to treat when reported Annually GS Report on SLC progress on Biodiversity Duty submitted to the Scottish Government 2024 Maintain Three years CCS SLC Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan reviewed every three years 2024 Maintain Three years CCS Produce a State of the Environment Report for South Lanarkshire every two years 2023 Maintain Two years PRS Number of schools and pupils achieving a John Muir Award 6 (20-21) Maintain Annually ER Number of teachers completing Forest School training - Maintain Annually CAG, ER Time spent by volunteers and community groups on activities that benefit biodiversity Annual average (2018- 2023): 4746 days Maintain Annually CAG 195
Page 196
Number and area of sites on the Vacant and Derelict Land Register 204 sites 375ha (2020) Decrease Annually PRS Area of land used for allotments 219 plots Maintain Annually GS Number of grassland sites improved or managed for biodiversity 105 Increase Annually GS Area of land under habitat management framework - Increase to 500ha GS Quantity of herbicide purchased 3100litres (2022) 4600litres (2019) Decrease Annually GS Area of land managed to benefit biodiversity, related to windfarm works 11,157ha Maintain * Annually CAG Number of school sessions using their local greenspace as part of Taking Learning Outdoors project - 12 schools Annually ER *This would be expected to increase if new windfarm developments are approved which require habitat management 196
Page 197
Appendix 1: Acronyms BC Butterfly Conservation BDIP Biodiversity Duty Implementation Plan CAG Countryside and Greenspace GCV Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network GAT Green Action Trust FLS Forestry and Land Scotland FOLM Friends of Langlands Moss Ha Hectare INNS Invasive Non-Native Species LGHP Lanarkshire Green Health Partnership NHS National Health Service NS NatureScot PPPS Policies, Plan, Programmes and Strategies RSPB Royal Society for the Protection of Birds SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment SEPA Scottish Environmental Protection Agency SLBP South Lanarkshire Biodiversity Partnership SLC South Lanarkshire council SLOAF South Lanarkshire Outdoor Access Forum SUDS Sustainable Urban Drainage System SWT Scottish Wildlife Trust VDL Vacant and Derelict Land 197
Page 198
198
Page 199
Report Agenda Item Report to: Climate Change and Sustainability Committee Date of Meeting: 28 February 2024 Report by: Executive Director (Housing and Technical Resources) Subject: Update on Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy 1. Purpose of Report 1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- provide the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee with an update on progress with the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) and the stakeholder and public consultation 2. Recommendation(s) 2.1. The Climate Change and Sustainability Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- (1) that the update on progress made to date on the LHEES be noted; (2) that the consultation period for the LHEES be noted and (3) to note that the final LHEES will be submitted to the Executive Committee for approval on 26 June 2024. 3. Background 3.1. The concept of a Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) was introduced following Scottish Government consultation in 2017. This was followed by the Heat in Buildings Strategy published in October 2021 which confirmed that the introduction of area based LHEES are fundamental to the Scottish Government’s approach to heat decarbonisation. 3.2. The creation of an LHEES brings together key priorities around the reduction of carbon emissions, improvement of domestic and non-domestic building stock and the need for a reduction in fuel poverty. The development of an LHEES requires consideration of these priorities in a comprehensive way to ensure that action addresses inequalities and enables a just transition to net-zero carbon by 2045. 3.3. The Scottish Parliament passed the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategies (Scotland) Order in May 2022. The LHEES Order places a duty on local authorities to prepare, publish and update a Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy and Delivery Plan. 3.4. LHEES Strategy sets out a long-term plan for decarbonising heat in buildings and improving their energy efficiency across an entire local authority area. The delivery plan sets out how we propose to support the implementation of the strategy. 3.5. All local authorities must publish their first Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy and Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Delivery Plan on or before 31 December 2023. 6 199
Page 200
The Scottish Government also indicated that all local authorities must keep their LHEES and Delivery Plan under review. 3.6. Locally, the South Lanarkshire LHEES has been written in such a way to ensure that it complements and supports the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022 to 2027. 3.7. The need to ensure that the necessary datasets were effectively developed, reviewed, and analysed, coupled with a commitment to ensure that adequate time was provided for consultation, has meant that the December timescale was not achieved. Section 5 below provides an update on progress with South Lanarkshire’s LHEES. The Scottish Government have been kept up to date on progress and the anticipated date of publication. 4. LHEES Structure 4.1. The LHEES is a long-term strategic framework for the improvement of the energy efficiency of buildings in South Lanarkshire, and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the heating of buildings. 4.2. It sets out how each segment of the building stock needs to change to reach net zero, identifies strategic heat decarbonisation zones, and sets out the principal measures for reducing buildings emissions within each zone. 4.3. The LHEES will prioritise areas for delivery of heat decarbonisation actions. It covers all building sectors – domestic, non-domestic and public buildings and sets a strategic framework for decarbonising the heat in these buildings. 4.4. The LHEES Strategy and Delivery Plan will be published as separate documents on the Council’s website following consultation (see section 6.1 below) and formal adoption by the Executive Committee of the Council. 4.5. The LHEES Strategy will identify the changes to buildings and local infrastructure that need to be carried out by 2045 to fulfil the Scottish Government’s objectives and local priorities related to heat and energy efficiency in buildings. 4.6. The LHEES Strategy will consider both national and local priorities, policies, and strategies. Where achievable, it will interact with local and national factors, like planned infrastructure upgrades, other major projects, access to available resources and funding, decisions over the gas grid and community engagement. 4.7. The LHEES Delivery Plan is an action plan enabling the Council and its partners to work towards the delivery of the changes identified in the LHEES Strategy. 4.8. The delivery plan will identify stakeholder roles and their responsibilities, build on existing plans and policies and coordinate action across local partners. 5. LHEES Progress Update 5.1. In 2018, the council submitted a bid to the Scottish Government to be part of a pilot programme that would explore how an LHEES would be developed and what it would contain. The bid was successful, with £53,000 being provided from the Scottish Government’s Transition Fund to fund the pilot. 5.2. The pilot was an opportunity to increase knowledge and understanding of two areas of the housing sector (rural settlements and the private rented sector) where the actions required to improve energy efficiency were relatively unknown. The pilot was 200
Page 201
successfully completed by January 2020, with the results and analysis presented to the Scottish Government for consideration. 5.3. In September 2021, the council was awarded a further £23,000 to take part in a resource call that would enable testing of the Scottish Government’s revised methodology for developing an LHEES. This project was completed in May 2022 and the data provided to the council was used to consider and aid the development of the full strategy. 5.4. In January 2022, officers set up a cross-Resource officer working group to take forward the development of LHEES. 5.5. A series of meetings of the LHEES Officers Working Group took place throughout 2023. 5.6. In March 2023, the Council appointed environmental consultants, Changeworks, to review the work completed to date and work in partnership at a strategic level to support the Council to create the LHEES and Delivery Plan. 5.7. Over the last few months, Changeworks have facilitated meetings with Council officers to help to structure the Strategy and Delivery Plan and update the previously provided analysis results. At this stage, it was identified that further development work was required on the building-level pathway assessment and finalisation of delivery level areas in advance of the completion of a consultative draft. 5.8. Work was complete in late January 2024 and the draft strategy was issued for consultation on 14 February 2024. As noted above, the overall strategy is set out in 2 parts, the LHEES document and the Delivery Plan, and an outline of the content of both is detailed below. 5.9. Key sections of the LHEES Strategy include: A review of national and local policies and strategies including the Community Plan, Council Plan, Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy and the Local Housing Strategy Overview of the building stock, to create an effective strategy and to measure progress towards targets and the ultimate target of net zero by 2045 Progress to net zero in South Lanarkshire, to build on work already taking place within South Lanarkshire to reduce emissions Priorities for LHEES, which have been informed by the six LHEES considerations, the local policy context, stakeholder engagement and analysis of the building stock in South Lanarkshire Priority 1: Reduce heat demand using a fabric first approach to improve the condition and energy efficiency of housing across all tenures to ensure that poor energy performance is removed as a driver of fuel poverty Priority 2: Transition to zero direct emissions heating systems in buildings across South Lanarkshire to tackle climate change Priority 3: Make greater use of heat networks as part of the wider just transition to net zero Opportunities for South Lanarkshire, including economic opportunities and creating new business models to accelerate retrofit Challenges, including high capital costs, consumer uncertainty, the skills gap and the unit cost of electricity 201
Page 202
5.10. Key sections of the LHEES Delivery Plan include: Implementation, the LHEES requires a collaborative cross-sectoral approach, engaging with community planning partners and stakeholders Engagement, the LHEES Strategy and Delivery Plan have been developed in consultation with stakeholders across South Lanarkshire Heat Network Delivery Areas, outlining the areas in South Lanarkshire with high heat density which may be suitable for heat network development Social Housing and Mixed-Tenure Delivery Areas, where the Council can lead by example in installing heating and fabric upgrades Private Tenure Housing Delivery Areas, the Council’s approach is to support owner-occupiers and private landlords to meet regulatory standards Non-Domestic Delivery Areas, including continuing to improve the energy efficiency of Council-owned non-domestic properties 6. Next Steps 6.1. The public consultation on the LHEES, which follows the South Lanarkshire Council standard process concludes on 10 April 2024. 6.2. It is intended that the consultation will provide a range of ways in which partners, stakeholders and communities can comment on the LHEES. A members awareness session will be held during the consultation period. Separate meetings will also be held with internal and external stakeholders during the consultation period. 6.3. Following the consultation period and amendment of the strategy and delivery plan to reflect the comments received, the LHEES Strategy and Delivery Plan will be presented to the Executive Committee on 26 June 2024 for approval. 6.4. It is also proposed that the LHEES will be reviewed on an annual basis with updated reports presented to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee. The approach to reporting on the LHEES will ensure coherence and consistency in relation to the progress being achieved between the actions which are shared with the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-2027. 7. Employee Implications 7.1. There are no current employee implications associated with this report. 8. Financial Implications 8.1. There will be additional costs associated with the delivery of projects identified by the LHEES. Any additional resource requirements relating to LHEES will be reported to the relevant management team for consideration. 8.2. Each local authority will receive £75,000 annually to support the development of their LHEES. This funding will be paid by the Scottish Government at the end of March each year as a redetermination of the General Revenue Grant, until 2027/28. 9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 9.1. We consider that there should be no new significant environmental effects that have not already been identified and dealt with in either the national Heat in Buildings Strategy or the council-led plans, for example, the Local Housing Strategy, Council Plan, Community Plan, Local Development Plan 2, Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy. Any new effects should be minor and positive in nature. Where identified, appropriate enhancement or mitigation measures will be considered within the LHEES. 202
Page 203
9.2. In formally determining whether an SEA is required, the council has considered the views of the Consultation Authorities who are in agreement that the LHEES is unlikely to have significant environmental effects and therefore a SEA will not be undertaken. 10. Other Implications 10.1. ‘Failure to meet sustainable development and climate change objectives’ is one of the top risks for the Council. Without a plan in place and a financial plan to support it then this risk will continue to be one of the Council's top risks. 11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements 11.1. Equality Impact Assessment (EqIA) processes were undertaken throughout the development of the key strategies aligned to this agenda, including the Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy and Local Housing Strategy. These assessments aimed to identify and mitigate any negative impacts and seek opportunities to promote equality and found that the strategies would have no negative impacts on any protected characteristics groups and will have significant positive impacts in relation to age and disability. 11.2. The public and stakeholder consultation for the draft will commence on 14 February 2024 and cover an eight-week period. A range of methods in which partners, stakeholders and communities can comment on the draft will be provided, including an online survey, focus groups and discussions at partnership meetings. Stephen Gibson Executive Director (Housing and Technical Resources) 8 February 2024 Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes Focused on people and their needs Fair, open and sustainable Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live Caring, connected, sustainable communities Previous References None List of Background Papers The Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 South Lanarkshire Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022-27 South Lanarkshire Strategic Housing Investment Plan 2023-28 South Lanarkshire Council Local Housing Strategy 2022-27 Contact for Further Information If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact:- Name: John Smith Designation: Strategy Team Leader (Built Environment) E-mail: john.smith@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 203
Page 204
204
Page 205
Report Agenda Item Report to: Climate Change and Sustainability Committee Date of Meeting: 28 February 2024 Report by: Executive Director (Education Resources) Subject: Education Resources’ Sustainability Report 1. Purpose of Report 1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- update the committee on activities ongoing within Education Resources since the last report on 10 February 2021 2. Recommendation(s) 2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendations:- (1) that the contents of the report relating to the range of activities across Education Resources be noted; and (2) that the continued steps for further activity be noted. 3. Background 3.1. Within Education Resources, our establishments have always been involved in a range of activities to engage the active learning of children and young people and promote and develop Learning for Sustainability. This has included working in partnership with other council departments and external agencies to contribute towards the promotion of environmentally sustainable initiatives. 3.2. During 2021, a fixed term Primary Science and Sustainability Development Officer post was created in collaboration with Education Scotland. The purpose was to straddle services within the Resource to align work on sustainability initiatives and to build capacity within the school curriculum. 3.3. In 2022, a small number of staff across the Resource undertook corporate approved training to become ‘climate literate’. The purpose of this training was to raise wider awareness, create opportunities for staff, children and young people to engage in projects, initiatives or class learning across the curriculum, with the intention of influencing a positive change of behaviours. 3.4. These officers, together with the key role performed by the Primary Science and Sustainability Development Officer, who also has a particular focus on curriculum and Learning for Sustainability, have created a group which meets regularly to consider and progress matters which would help fulfil these aims. In addition, these officers were primarily responsible for creating, and now facilitating and supporting the operation of the Youth Forum on Climate Change and Sustainability. 3.5. Following extensive consultation and engagement with stakeholders, including the views of children and young people, in 2022/23, Education Resources committed to 7 205
Page 206
a 5th key priority within its Resource plan, which was to “empower learners to shape and influence actions on climate change and sustainability”. 3.6. Below are areas of activity since the last time we reported to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in February 2021. 4. Empowering young people to use their voice to influence others and shape decision-making 4.1. In 2021, a Youth Forum on Climate Change and Sustainability was established with representation from all 19 secondary schools including ASN. Chaired by the young people and supported by education officers, its purpose is to allow young people an arena to - discuss and exchange views on issues which matter to them enhance the reach of their voice and opinions over time across a wider community partnership influence change within the council in the way it discharges its responsibilities influence the wider school community in learning more about climate change and affecting a positive change in behaviours 4.2. During COP26, which was held in Glasgow in November 2021, senior members of the youth forum created a news hub in partnership with Glasgow University. Based at the University the hub reported on live events and current affairs connected with the international event. Over the two weeks, a total of 132 articles were published on the Climate Emergency Newsroom (CEN) blog, including dozens of interviews with activists, scientists, and politicians. In total, these generated more than 20,000 views. The impact on social media was huge too, with more than one million views of CEN tweets. The work was acknowledged in a motion to the Scottish Parliament. 4.3. At the same time, around 10 schools were involved in ‘The Moment’, an opportunity for school pupils to meet MSPs to discuss matters of importance to them and ask direct questions of politicians prior to COP26. Motivated from such events, the youth forum decided they wanted to focus efforts on running a COP26 style event of their own aimed at children within our primary schools. 4.4. In October 2022 (following postponement due to threat of industrial action) the youth forum was supported in the planning and delivery of its own event named COS1 (Conference of Schools 1) for P5, P6 and P7 pupils across all primary schools. The event ran over 3 days, involving 400 pupils from 100 schools and was a great success. There were different speakers, presentations and activities around the theme of ‘TIERS’ (Transport, Influencing, Eating, 3Rs (reduce, reuse, recycle) and Shopping), also including bike rides and virtual reality headsets. The children were asked to commit to the suggested pledges from COS1 or go back to school and reinforce the pledges already in existence. 4.5. In November 2022, four youth forum representatives presented at the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee to provide an update on the workings of the youth forum, the COP26 newsroom and COS1 event. 4.6. This school year, the youth forum has renewed its commitment by increasing the frequency of meetings and has broadened out the initiatives it is either involved in or leading on. Networks and relationships have been formed, not only with education officers but Community and Enterprise officers, Community Planning Partnership officers and local elected members. Other examples of areas of work include:- 206
Page 207
September 2023 – youth forum members received training in ‘Teach the Teacher’, an initiative that builds confidence in young people to lead a session with teachers where they present information on climate change and then discuss what young people wish to learn about and how teachers can incorporate that into the curriculum within their classes. Two secondary schools have participated in this so far during in-service days and we plan to promote this initiative again by supporting the young people to request staff time during in-service days. October 2023 - working with education staff and facilities staff, a secondary school recycling pilot has started in Trinity High and Larkhall Academy. Contamination is an issue and work continues within the pilot. October 2023 - a Climate and Nature Development Session was held by the Community Planning Partnership (CPP). Led by members of the Youth Council and the youth forum, they presented the issues facing young people locally and nationally including Reducing, Reusing and Recycling, Transport, Education and Social Media. Over time, the expected outcome of the workshop is for the CPP Board to have a clearer understanding of the impact young people are making and how best to embed their presence in the planning and delivery of actions, and of evaluating the impact of such actions to affect climate change and nature loss together. Following this event, pupils from Lanark Grammar School went on to present at the wider Council led session on Climate and Nature Loss, attended by various community partners. November 2023 - Chair of the Council’s Climate Change and Sustainability Committee delivered a video message and depute chair attended a youth forum meeting in person. January 2024 - Launch of the youth forum designed programme “Save our World”, accessed via the JUMP app as part of a 6-month pilot across 4 secondary schools. The aim is to encourage pupils and staff to take part in sustainable actions, rewarding pupils through vouchers as well as a chance to make a charitable donation. Pupils will be rewarded for choosing low-carbon meals and methods of travel, as well as recycling and shopping second-hand. February 2024 – hosting a second conference of schools’ event, COS2. This time the young people are working on delivering an event aimed at S1 to S3 pupils across all secondary schools. Invitations are out and plans for the whole day event over 2 days will provide opportunities for interaction and activities around a number of themes under the banner: A-RESET (Attire, 3Rs, Eating, Shopping, Energy, Transport) 5. Other Work within Education Resources 5.1. As a result of COS1, of those primary schools who attended, one third reported they took the pledges set and activities run from the event back to school. Of those who did not use the COS1 pledges, 62% did use the activities from the event as learning projects back in school. 5.2. A monthly STEM newsletter and the use of a padlet board allows for the sharing of information on training opportunities, the accessing of useful and often free classroom/project resources and the exchange of good practice on initiatives being undertaken across schools or within the wider community. 207
Page 208
5.3. An acknowledgement of some of the range of projects undertaken over the last year or so include: In November 2022, a climate change and sustainability session was delivered to all Head Teachers and Heads of Establishments. This was based on the climate literacy training, the aim being to provide some factual information and hard-hitting messages about the climate emergency the world is facing. It also provided some hope by way of national progress on targets and examples of works the council has already completed or is working towards. The session asked Heads and their staff to consider their part both as employees of the council and educators of children and young people Every school completes an annual school improvement plan. For August 2023, schools were asked to consider the 5th key priority to “empower learners to shape and influence actions on climate change and sustainability” and to incorporate aspects into their strategic planning Keep Scotland Beautiful – 70 primary schools involved in Climate Ready Classrooms teaching upper primary school age pupils about climate change through an accredited course Keep Scotland Beautiful – 54 South Lanarkshire education establishments hold green flag status School Eco Committees - Even without green flag status, most schools have a learner led Eco Committee. These committees allow our children and young people to learn of, co-ordinate and lead the response to climate change and sustainability within their establishments West Partnership – 37 schools have taken part in live lessons FOLA award - a new ‘Forest Outdoor Learning Award’, achieved by Holy Cross High School pupils gaining knowledge of working in woodlands Global Goals Project with Advanced Clothing Solutions (ACS) and Education Scotland - 5 schools were selected for this project John Muir Awards - 9 schools involved Within the Early Years and Childcare Service, a Biodiversity and Sustainability Event for all early years practitioners was held in November 2023. This provided ideas to support early years establishments when engaging with our youngest learners and included showcasing specific examples of good practice across 4 establishments 5.4. In terms of opportunities to participate in projects in partnership with other colleagues: Beat the Street - Projects have taken place repeatedly in the air quality management areas within South Lanarkshire. Schools within these areas fully participate in this initiative which sees the surrounding streets transformed into a giant game. The aim of the game is to gather points by walking, cycling, wheeling or rolling around the local town, leaving the car behind whilst gaining points for their school. The longer-term aim of the project is to increase awareness of the walking and cycling routes and paths within the local area as well as promoting the benefits of choosing more active and sustainable ways to travel Tree Planting/Gardens - Schools are routinely involved in tree planning both inside school grounds and as part of wider community projects. Last year 60 schools applied to the Tree Council for free orchard trees and hedgerows, and the offer is also available this school year. Trees were also planted in honour of the Queen’s Canopy programme and 200 trees are planned for planting at Our Lady of Lourdes Primary School, donated from RM, the schools’ ICT contractor. 208
Page 209
Schools have also been involved in the design, fund raising and creation of several gardens on site Primary School Food Waste Pilot - Around 60 primary schools have taken part in a project to record and influence the level of food waste in schools. Over time this may naturally lead to a change in eating habits and disposal of food waste to appropriate bins. Composting options require further research for smaller schools who do not generate enough waste for uplift 6. Continued Commitment towards Learning for Sustainability 6.1. As we move forward, we will continue to re-invigorate our plans to commit to increasing awareness through learning for sustainability and introducing initiatives that have the potential to actively bring about behavioural change. 6.2. At a recent Head Teacher event in January 2024, the Executive Director of Education Resources produced an ‘ask’ of all primary school teachers that each should select a class topic which must link to the climate change and sustainability agenda. 6.3. Also discussed with Head Teachers was the document “Target 2030” - A movement for people, planet and prosperity. This is Scotland’s Learning for Sustainability renewed Action Plan which was officially launched in December 2023. The plan has 5 main goals:- 1. All learners should have an entitlement to learning for sustainability. 2. In line with the new GTC Professional Standards, every practitioner, school and education leader should demonstrate learning for sustainability in their practice. 3. Every setting should have a whole setting approach to learning for sustainability that is robust, demonstrable, evaluated, and supported by leadership at all levels. 4. All school buildings, grounds and policies should support learning for sustainability. 5. A strategic national approach to supporting learning for sustainability should be established. 6.4. The background to this strengthened plan is that Scotland is now recognised as a leading nation in the way it has promoted a whole setting, school and community approach to Learning for Sustainability, and its ambition to embed Learning for Sustainability as an entitlement within our curriculum for all learners. 6.5. Learning for Sustainability seeks to support learners to make informed decisions about their education, fostering their development and empowerment. In the refreshed Action Plan, the significant theme of Learner Voice, Choice, and Action is underscored, emphasising the essential connection between rights and Learning for Sustainability. 6.6. As a result of all of the above, renewed focus on Learning for Sustainability is now being taken forward by central officers and will form part of the suite of materials available to schools to support curriculum planning and development across all areas, including sustainability. Education Resources is holding a curriculum conference in April 2024 and Learning for Sustainability is planned to be featured. 6.7. We are calling on education establishments to renew and increase their commitment to Learning for Sustainability, and aspire to create our own network of teachers, who are willing to support fellow teachers in delivering Learning for Sustainability. This 209
Page 210
could possibly also consist of one or two teachers per learning community and will be progressed as a next step. 7. Employee Implications 7.1. As described in paragraph 3.2, a fixed term Primary Science and Sustainability Development Officer post was created in collaboration with Education Scotland. The purpose was to straddle services within the Resource to align work on sustainability initiatives and to build capacity within the school curriculum. 7.2. The post has been instrumental in delivering on our progress to date and is scheduled to end in June 2024 when funding ceases. 8. Financial Implications 8.1. The funding for the fixed term Primary Science and Sustainability Development Officer post will end in June 2024, however funding has been identified to allow the post to continue until March 2025. 8.2. Other support comes via the giving of time from existing officers within Education Resources, other council departments and school staff. 8.3. £50,000 was allocated from the council’s Climate Emergency Fund to support the Youth Forum (YF) and considered initiatives. This funding has been used to support the administration of the YF meetings, the newsroom hub (CEN-climate emergency newsroom) during COP26, COS1 and the forthcoming COS2 events, the secondary school waste recycling pilot, primary school food waste project, and the JUMP App recently launched and being piloted in four secondary schools. 9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 9.1. It is envisaged that our continued commitment to bring about increased awareness and learning for sustainability, and a sense of enhanced collective responsibility will ultimately result in a change in behaviours to assist with the climate emergency. 10. Other Implications 10.1. There are no other risks or implications as a result of this report. 11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements 11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy, or recommend a change to an existing policy and therefore no impact assessment or consultation arrangements are required. Carole McKenzie Executive Director (Education Resources) 8 February 2024 Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes Priorities We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places. Outcomes Inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening partnerships. 210
Page 211
Previous References Climate Change and Sustainability Committee – 10 February 2021 List of Background Papers None Contact for Further Information If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact:- Lynn Sherry, Head of Education (Support Services and School Estate) Ext: 4475 (Tel: 01698 454475) E-mail: lynn.sherry@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 211
Page 212
212
Page 213
Report Agenda Item Report to: Climate Change and Sustainability Committee Date of Meeting: 28 February 2024 Report by: Executive Director, Community and Enterprise Resources Subject: Community Climate Action in South Lanarkshire 1. Purpose of Report 1.1. The purpose of the report is to: - update the Committee on community climate action initiatives occurring within South Lanarkshire, which have been supported by the Council 2. Recommendation(s) 2.1. The Climate Change and Sustainability Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation: (1) that the content of this report in respect to community climate action initiatives is noted. [purpose]+ 3. Background 3.1. Recognising that public engagement is central to tackling the impacts of climate change, the Climate Change – Net Zero Nation; Public Engagement Strategy, published in September 2021, sets out the Scottish Government’s overarching framework for engaging the people of Scotland in a transition to a net zero nation by 2045. The Strategic Objectives for the framework are: Understand – Communicating Climate Change and how it relates to people’s lives Participate – Enabling Participation in shaping just, fair and inclusive policies that promote mitigation and promotion of climate change Act – Encourage taking climate action in households, communities and places 3.2. Empowering communities to take climate action and be more environmentally sustainable is one of the Council’s priority actions contained in the Council’s Sustainable Development and Climate Change Strategy 2022 to 2027. The strategy recognises that people are at the heart of a sustainable South Lanarkshire and communities should be empowered and supported to create sustainable, inclusive and thriving places and that communities are central to creating a just and fair transition to net zero. 3.3. In recognition of this and to further the work in this area, in June 2022 the Council recruited a Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer (SCEO) for a period of two years to be paid for through the £2m Climate Emergency Fund, as agreed on 24 February 2021 as part of the Revenue Budget. 8 213
Page 214
4. Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer 4.1. Over the 18 months in post, the SCEO has been involved in a number of initiatives aimed at supporting engagement on climate and sustainability focused issues in communities across South Lanarkshire. 4.2. The purpose of the role has been to work across the Council and within communities to develop a collaborative approach to climate outreach. Key tasks included: Working directly with community groups to help them achieve their interests and aspirations with regards the agenda Liaising with partners in the Community Planning Partnership and Community Engagement Team to ensure sustainability and climate change are mainstreamed within the activity undertaken by these bodies Developing and delivering public engagement and communication plans for sustainable development and climate change 5. Key Projects and Community Climate Action Case Studies 5.1. Examples of the Community Climate Action across South Lanarkshire include: 5.2. ONECAN Community Climate Conference: The SCEO and officers from the Community Engagement Team worked with One Carluke Area Network (ONECAN) COP26 Response Group to plan and deliver their first Community Climate Event in March 2023. Hosted by Dr Heather Reid OBE, the event attracted attendees from across South Lanarkshire including residents, local and national organisations, Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire (VASLAN), Council officers and the Head of Enterprise and Sustainable Development. The SCEO facilitated a series of workshops offering the community the opportunity to contribute to ONECAN’s Net Zero Strategy and Action Plan. Priorities identified at the conference by the community included: Improved transport provision with a focus on Active Travel A knowledge and information hub to support residents with trusted information and guidance To progress a community energy club initiative Work is ongoing on implementing these priorities and lead partners remain in contact with the SCEO who has been able to advise and signpost as necessary. The project was nominated by the Council for a CoSLA Excellence award and a planned second conference will be supported by the SCEO. 5.3. Bee Line to Nature Project: In March 2023, this community-led initiative was awarded over £0.5m from the National Lottery Climate Action Fund. Delivered by a partnership of community-based anchor organisations across four localities the project is engaging people in nature- based programmes focussing on protecting and enhancing green and natural spaces and creating a deeper connection with nature. Early project development was supported by the SCEO who was instrumental in bringing together the four locality partners and in shaping community engagement aspects of the project. The four partners are:- Clydesdale Community Initiative (Clydesdale and surrounding) Grow 73 (Rutherglen / Cambuslang and surrounding) Larkhall Community Growers (Larkhall and surrounding) Healthy and Active (East Kilbride and surrounding) 214
Page 215
The SCEO has continued to support the project by promoting it to community organisations, encouraging the development of a stronger, wider network. Additionally, the SCEO provides critical resource and a named point of contact, enabling the Council to engage in project activity aimed at:- Engaging the unengaged with nature to develop knowledge, empathy and behaviour change around climate action Realising additional health and wellbeing benefits for communities through better connection with nature Bringing nature back into all our communities by addressing ‘urban deserts’ and emphasise habitat protection and improvement Diversifying and expanding the range of planting areas that utilise key plants to improve carbon capture, contribute to tackling pollution, and expand key pollinators 5.4. Lanarkshire Regional Climate Hub: Following the success of two Scottish pathfinder Climate Action Hubs in the North East and Highlands, £4.3 million was allocated to expand the Scottish Government’s Climate Action Hub programme to regions across Scotland. The hub network is intended to enable a joined up, yet region-specific approach to community-led climate action. Scottish Communities Climate Action Network (SCCAN) was tasked to work with communities to build and develop the network and in December 2023, Rural Development Trust was announced as the successful lead for the Lanarkshire Climate Hub covering North and South Lanarkshire The Council’s SCEO met regularly with the SCCAN coordinator to support the process from November 2022. Through the SCEO, the Council was able to actively participate in the establishment of the Hub by: Supporting the mapping of the network of climate focused groups Informing and encouraging community groups and organisations to engage and participate Coordinating partnership working between the Council, other stakeholders and the hub The Hub will support collective community climate action and support transition to low carbon and climate resilient living with projects currently underway. While the hub is community-led, the Council will play an ongoing supporting role moving forward. The SCEO will continue to provide a named point of contact within the Council to respond to enquiries and participate in ongoing networking and relationship building. For example, the SCEO has been key in establishing early-stage collaborative working between South Lanarkshire College and the Climate Hub. 5.5. Appendix 1 details several additional case studies of community climate action ongoing within South Lanarkshire in 2023/24. The case studies are divided into five themes:- young people biodiversity and conservation sustainable travel community energy recycle/reuse 215
Page 216
5.6. The projects featured are those which have reached completion stage or are ongoing and are not an exhaustive list of community climate action projects supported by Community Engagement Officers in South Lanarkshire. 6. Supporting community climate engagement across Council services: 6.1. The SCEO has also been involved in supporting several Council led community engagement activities focused on sustainability and climate change including:- Planning Services: supported community consultation in support of Local Development Plan 3 (LDP3) Housing and Technical Resource: facilitated outreach with community organisations in support of Local Heating and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) Community Engagement Team: supported key projects within Neighbourhood Planning areas; and engaged with Community Asset Transfer projects relating to sustainability and climate action Economic Development - Social and Community Enterprise: supported focus group discussions on Collaboration and Circular Economy Community Planning Partnership: facilitated Community Climate and Nature Event in October 2023 Community Climate Emergency Grants: assisting groups and organisations through the application process and supporting the delivery of projects where required 7. Communications 7.1. At CMT on 26 January 2023, it was agreed that Climate Change would be added to the list of permanent communications campaigns for the Council. This includes highlighting annual national campaigns such as Climate Week, Recycle Week and Earth Hour as well as consistent messaging across a range of posts and articles relating to climate change and sustainability. Between February 2023 and December 2023, articles and posts shared on the Council’s social media channels relating to sustainability and climate change totalled: 178 Social media posts 29 South Lanarkshire View Articles 7.2. In addition, the Community Planning Partnership (CPP) worked with Corporate Communications to run a 17-day Communities Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) campaign. This ran on the Council’s social media channels in the lead up to the CPP’s Nature and Climate Event on 24 October 2023. The campaign highlighted the work of community groups and organisations across South Lanarkshire who are working to promote the values and ethos of the 17 SDGs at local level. A Sustainable Development Goal page has been created on the CPP website featuring the case studies and links to help support participation and engagement. 8. Next Steps 8.1. The fixed-term two-year Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer post comes to an end in June 2024. Community Climate Action will continue to be supported through the relaunch of Community Climate Grants and it is anticipated that communities will continue to engage in climate action through the recently established Lanarkshire Climate Hub. The Enterprise and Sustainability Development Service will continue to engage with the Climate Hub and other local groups to provide support. 216
Page 217
9. Employee Implications 9.1. The fixed-term two-year Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer post comes to an end in June 2024. The reduction in dedicated resource to support community climate action will see work in this area significantly reduced. 10. Financial Implications 10.1. The fixed-term funding for the Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer post will come to an end in June 2024. 11. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications 11.1. Continuing engagement with communities on sustainable development and climate change is helping Community and Enterprise Resource to meet its SDCC Strategy objective to ‘Empower communities to take climate action and be more environmentally sustainable’. 12 Other Implications 12.1. ‘Failure to meet sustainable development and climate change objectives’ is one of the top risks for the council. 13. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements 13.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a change to an existing policy; therefore, no impact assessment is required. 13.2. Public and stakeholder consultation has been undertaken throughout the SCEO’s time in post as part of their core remit. Consultation work supported has shaped development of a number of Council services detailed in section 6. David Booth Executive Director 8 February 2024 Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes Values Focused on people and their needs Fair, open and sustainable Priorities We will work to put people first and reduce inequality We will work towards a sustainable future in sustainable places We will work to recover, progress and improve Outcomes Our children and young people thrive Good quality, suitable and sustainable places to live Caring, connected, sustainable communities People live the healthiest lives possible Inspiring learners, transforming learning, strengthening partnerships Previous References Climate Change and Sustainability Committee 28 April 2021 – Climate Challenge South Lanarkshire Fund 217
Page 218
List of Background Papers There are no background papers associated with this report. Contact for Further Information If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact: - Gillian Alexander, Sustainable Communities Engagement Officer E-mail: gillian.alexander@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 218
Page 219
Appendix 1: Community Climate Action in South Lanarkshire Case Studies Young People Community Case Study Crawforddyke Primary School UN Sustainable Development Goals whole school project Photo: students of Crawforddyke Primary School in the polytunnel Crawforddyke Primary School is a shining example of the fantastic work happening across South Lanarkshire to embed the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) into school life and beyond. Sustainability is embedded in the school’s Improvement Plan as a ‘whole school approach’. Children and Young People learned about the impact of climate change, what action can be taken to reduce the impacts and extended their reach beyond the classroom, into homes and communities. Many initiatives saw the children, young people and school community take positive action to create real, lasting change and influence behaviour change. 219
Page 220
Some of their projects and initiatives so far include: • Litter: The children and young people engaged in litter picks and organised a litter protest march. The P1 Class campaigned to have their Local Nature Reserve Jock’s Burn cleaned up and worked in partnership with South Lanarkshire’s Countryside and Greenspace Ranger Service to make this happen. The area is now being enjoyed safely by the whole community and for outdoor learning activities by the school and nursery. • Good Food: A polytunnel was established where learners grow a wide range of fruits and vegetables to be used in the school kitchen and lessons. • Shared Learning & Influencing: Newsletters give parents and carers regular updates on climate-positive action. • Climate and the Arts: The school choir came first runner-up in the Lanarkshire climate action themed ‘Glee’ Challenge. Awards: • They received their 6th Eco-Flag Award from Keep Scotland Beautiful. • The school’s outstanding climate positive achievements were recognised by environmental charity Keep Scotland Beautiful who hosted their first annual Eco-Awards in 2023 when they took the Climate Action Project of the Year. • Pupils presented in a live, online lesson hosted by Keep Scotland Beautiful and Eco Schools where they spoke about their project. Photo: Crawforddyke Primary School students P1-7 with the 17 SDG goals 220
Page 221
Young People Community Case Study South Lanarkshire Youth Forum on Climate Change and Sustainability Youth Engagement . Photo: Representatives from the South Lanarkshire Youth Forum on Sustainability and Climate Change with the Community Planning Partnership Board The South Lanarkshire Youth Forum on Sustainability and Climate Change boasts representation from secondary schools across the county and is presently supported by a dedicated member of staff. The Youth Forum worked in collaboration with the University of Glasgow department of Politics and International Relations during COP26 to create and run a virtual newsroom. The Climate Emergency Newsroom (CEN) gained a national and international audience on social media and celebrated in a motion to the Scottish parliament. In October 2022 the Youth Forum ran their own successful 3-day COS-1 (Conference of Schools) event at the Palace Grounds in Hamilton for school across the county. More than 500 primary school aged children enjoyed a packed day of 221
Page 222
fun activities, sharing and learning. Cycling, Virtual reality experience, recycling games and many more activities before committing to their own pledged and to raise awareness across the rest of their schools. Educating and influencing at local government level, the Youth forum on Sustainability and Climate Change presented to the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee in November 2022 and to the Community planning Partnership in October 2023, representing the voice of young people, highlighting issues faced locally and calling for action. They continue to engage and meet with Council Officers to help support their plans. Building on their achievements and feedback from students and schools, the Youth Forum are currently involved in: • Hosting COS-2, planned for early 2024, this time aimed at young people in South Lanarkshire secondary schools. • Piloting a bespoke net zero engagement app in four secondary schools Jump App. • Waste Pilot in Trinity and Larkhall Academy to support better recycling habits and efficiency. Biodiversity & Conservation Community Case Study Clyde Climate Forest Community planting Photo: Community Volunteer planting new woodland area - Clyde Climate Forest 222
Page 223
The Clyde Climate Forest (CCF) was launched in June 2021 and since then the project has seen over 1.2 million trees planted in both urban and rural areas. The authority is one of eight across Glasgow City Region aiming to connect existing woodlands, plant new forests and target urban tree plantings in areas vulnerable to climate impacts. To support some of this work, South Lanarkshire Countryside and Greenspace Rangers led a dedicated team of volunteers, New Roots - Neilsland and Earnock Heritage Group, as they learned skills to successfully plant almost 5000 trees over a series of sessions to create a new urban woodland, expending the existing established canopy. Volunteers continue to monitor and help to manage the new woodland. Photo: Community Volunteers planting new woodland area - Clyde Climate Forest As well as the environmental benefits, the project has had many co-benefits; New Roots community volunteer said: “It’s such an amazing project to be involved in. As well as being positive for the environment, you get a huge sense of achievement, and it gets you out meeting other people. We also have regular conservation days where you can actively learn about how to look after trees and woodlands’’. 223
Page 224
Photo: New woodland - Clyde Climate Forest Other community Clyde Climate Forest planting projects include at Springwells in Blantyre which saw residents and volunteers from Bonnie Blantyre, the Ahmaddiya Muslim Women’s Association and pupils from High Blantyre Primary school work with environmental charity and Clyde Climate Forest partner Trees for Cities to get over 1000 planted. Video Clip (community member): Footage of new CCF woodland at Earnock Video Clip (SLC CAG): A Forest for the Future 224
Page 225
Biodiversity & Conservation Community Case Study Bee Line to Nature Biodiversity & community learning Photos: Bee Line to Nature project gets underway Outdoor community activities instil a sense of connection with nature; this is often the key to unlocking passion in climate action and in realising a host of wider additional benefits, including health improvement, social isolation and poverty reduction. The Bee Line to Nature project is a community-based initiative designed to engage people in nature-based programmes focussing on protecting and enhancing green and natural spaces, creating a deeper connection with nature. Led by four locality voluntary-sector anchor organisations who have a focus on sharing their specific expertise: • Clydesdale Community Initiative (Clydesdale & surrounding), • Grow 73 (Cam/Glen & surrounding), • Larkhall Community Growers (Hamilton & surrounding), • Healthy and Active (East Kilbride & surrounding) 225
Page 226
The Bee Line has been a successful model for Grow73, and the intention is to pollinate more communities, sensitising people to the importance of biodiversity and how it affects our environment. The project aims to: • Engage the unengaged with nature to develop knowledge, empathy and behaviour change around climate action. • knowledge, empathy, and behaviour change around climate action. • Realise additional health and wellbeing benefits for communities through better connection with nature. • Bring nature back into all our communities by addressing ‘urban deserts’ and emphasise habitat protection and improvement. • Diversify and expand the range of planting areas that utilise key plants to improve carbon capture, contribute to tackling pollution, and expand key pollinators. Activities are continually evolving; to date these include from planting hanging baskets for individual homes through to reducing the use of pesticides and increasing large scale pollinator friendly planting. Photo: Bee Line to Nature partner Grow 73 at Overton Park, Rutherglen 226
Page 227
Biodiversity & Conservation Community Case Study Drawing on Green Spaces Connecting to nature through community arts Photo: Drawing on Green Space artists in the woodland Drawing on Green Spaces is a community-based arts project which uses art as a means to bring a fresh perspective on how we live alongside nature. Funding from Creative Scotland allowed the project to run a series of free events highlighting the historic, cultural and environmental significance of a community woodland, allowing people to explore and appreciate their Local Nature Reserve in a new way, localising our connection between People Place and Planet. Events hosted by Drawing on Green Spaces include: • Tracks n Trees walk – guided walk learning about animal tracks and winter tree identification • Seasonal wreath family walk – guided artist walk creating willow wreaths from the forest floor flaura • Autumn walk: learning about fungi - supported by Countryside and Greenspace Ranger • Woman’s walk – exploring gender specific connection to naturem barriers and opportunities 227
Page 228
An exhibition in Low Parks Museum took the artwork to a wider audience, displaying botanical art, jewellery, photography and 3D art installations inspired by the artist’s time spent in the woodland. Archological finds were also represented signifying our long connection to the land through the generations. Photo: Drawing on Green Space exhibition 228
Page 229
Sustainable Travel Community Case Study Climate Action Strathaven Bike Repair Shop 3C Bus Service Photo: Climate Action Strathaven staff and community volunteers at the hub Bike Hub Climate Action Strathaven (CAS) are a community-led climate action group who aim to raise awareness and take action to create a more sustainable future for the people of Strathaven and beyond. Their bike repair and servicing service is available at their hub in the centre of the town. Experiences mechanics overhaul second hand bike which are made available for sale as well as offering eBike hire, allowing people to try out the bikes before committing to a purchase. The project also benefited from SLC community Climate Emergency funding which allowed them to lend the eBikes for free over a two-week period to those who found the cost a barrier. Climate Action Strathaven are responding to the barriers to cycling and run regular cycling events such as CAS Cycling Sisters, a woman only group led by a trained and experienced leader. They also offer bike storage facilities for those who don’t have the somewhere safe to store their bikes at home. Community Bus In response to community concerns about poor public transport links, CAS launched its first shuttle bus service in October 2022. Despite being a small team, the Charity took on the challenge of operating a service which issued around 42,000 tickets 229
Page 230
in their first eight months, saving apx. 510,000 car miles and 235 tonnes of C02. Taking on such a huge project was a steep learning curve for the CAS team however, the demand and overwhelmingly positive feedback from their customers has spurred them on to not only extend the timetable but to take on a second bus which was launched in August 2023. This allows them to now run the bus 12 times a day from Strathaven (via Stonehouse) to Hanover Street in Glasgow, a game changer for many, especially students. The pioneering initiative has gained national attention, and the CAS team are in demand to share their experience and learning across Scotland. Photo: Climate Action Strathaven 3C Buses 230
Page 231
Community Energy & Decarbonisation Community Case Study ONECAN Carluke Community Net Zero Strategy & Action Plan Photos: ONECAN inaugural Community Climate Conference In early 2022 Officers from the council’s Community Engagement and the Sustainable Development & Climate Change Team joined Carluke Development Trust/ONE Carluke Area Network (ONECAN) to carry out a Place Standards Tool exercise. As a result, a community COP26 Response Group was established to take forward the identified priority areas which included commissioning a baseline carbon audit report of Carluke and a community-led climate conference. The conference, which took place in March 2023, was hosted by scientist and former BBC Weather presenter Heather Reid. Community members and representatives from agencies heard a key-note speech from Cabinet Secretary for Net Zero and Just Transition Mairi McAllan and explored issues covering: reducing the carbon footprint, reduce/reuse/recycling, active travel, connecting with nature. Consultants Scene Connect presented the Carluke area baseline carbon audit. The report measures emissions across the following categories: • Stationary Energy Consumption (domestic and non-domestic) • Transportation (domestic, non-domestic and public) • Waste (domestic and non-domestic) 231
Page 232
• Land (land use and land use change and forestry, emissions from livestock) • Air Pollution A Community Net Zero Strategy and Action Plan has been produced, informed by sessions run for community members at the event. The ONECAN Cop 26 Response Group continues to work with the wider community, council officers and other partners to develop projects and initiatives to progress the action plan. The next ONECAN community climate conference is planned for March 2024. ONECAN Carluke have also commissioned a feasibility study into establishing a community energy company and are working towards its development. Community Energy & Decarbonisation Community Case Study Climate Action Strathaven Community retrofit Photo: Climate Action Strathaven Retro-fit staff with demo rig at their hub 232
Page 233
Climate Action Strathaven have established themselves as trusted messengers of climate action in South Lanarkshire, delivering a wide range of climate positive projects, supporting others, and sharing their knowledge and learning. This work has seen them receive numerous award nominations and scooping the top prize at the Climate Conscious Award at the Scottish Charity Awards 2023. Their community retro-fit initiative is in response to the community’s need for local, trustworthy advice on improving their home energy. Retrofit Strathaven is helping homeowners assess and improve the energy efficiency of their homes and offer free sessions at their Strathaven Climate Hub, where people and groups can learn about the measures that they can take to make a real difference to their energy usage. Practical, hands-on advice allows people to develop the skills and the confidence they need to take on energy conscious home improvements. Since the first successful retro fit project was announced in November 2023, the service has quickly grown in demand with a long list of homeowners now keen to make improvements to their energy consumption through the support of the initiative. Video Clip (Climate Action Strathaven): Retrofit Thermal imaging survey Recycle, Reuse Community Case Study Re:volve Recycle Photo: Re:volve Recycle handmade banner 233
Page 234
R:evolve Recycle are an initiative based in Cambuslang and Rutherglen who leading the way when it comes to reducing the impact of fast fashion and textile waste. Intergenerational work supports skills and knowledge sharing through activities that encourages a traditional ‘make do and mend’ culture. Their vibrant high-street style boutiques offer quality pre-loved clothes, shoes and accessories at no cost through the points-based system where shoppers swap items for something they find more useful. The team are passionate about getting the waste less message out far and wide by offering bespoke learning opportunities, making learning easy and fun. Classes and workshops give people the skills and confidence to upcycle and repair their own clothing. They also share their own learning experience with likeminded organisations who want to replicate their very successful model and often take their unique style to festivals and events with their pop-up shop. Leaders in the field, Re:volve Recycle are always looking for innovative ways to push the agenda forward and work collaboratively across the sector to develop new ways to promote sustainable practices. Members of Greening Camglen community network, the organisation share a member of staff with Grow 73, a food growing and biodiversity charity based in Overton Park Rutherglen. This has allowed them to develop their outdoor area into a community garden. Funding from a council Climate Emergency community grant meant they were able to purchase a work shed, the perfect base to expand their food growing and pollinator friendly garden. 234
Page 235
Photo: Re:volve Recycle sustainable good display Regional Climate Action Hub Lanarkshire Climate Action Hub Regional Climate Action Hubs Following a successful funding bid in November 2023, a new Lanarkshire Regional Climate Action Hub has been set up to support collective community climate action and support transition to low carbon and climate resilient living. Funded by the Scottish Government, the Pan-Lanarkshire hub is part of a nationwide network supported by Scottish Communities Climate Action Network (SCCAN). Core funtions for the regional hubs are: • Raising awareness of climate change and the action communities can take to mitigate and adapt to climate change • Provide groups with advice and support to take mitigation and adaptation actions • Facilitate co-ordination and collaboration • Seed and develop new community climate action • Foster peer-to-peer learning • Signpost to organisations/agencies who can offer support • Identify funding opportunities • Support local communities to design and develop carbon/GHG reduction and adaption projects 235
Page 236
• Faciliatare learning and development )support materials, climate literacy training) • Ensure the views of local communities are heard, providing a link between local communitiea dn national bodies • Influence and inform community-led climate action policy Lanarkshire Climate Action Hub The lead applicant for the Lanarkshire Climate Action Hub is the Rural Development Trust (RDT) who have experience working across both North and South Lanarkshire communities. RDT will continue to act as the umbrella organisation with ‘Trusted Messengers’ providing governance and strategic direction. While the Lanarkshire Climate Action Hub is community-led, the council will play a supporting role along with North Lanarkshire Council and Third Sector Interfaces, Voluntary Action South Lanarkshire (VASLan) and Voluntary Action North Lanarkshire (VANL). Proposals for hub activity include: Phase 1 (December 2023 to March 2024): Communications and marketing, organising a gathering event, forming a steering group, fund identified projects to be completed by March 2024, research and mapping, planning for next phase. Phase 2 (April 2024 - onwards): Recruit new staff, seed fund feasibility projects, development and delivery of projects, delivery and support events, represent communities to influence local policy and priorities, continue to research, engage and communicate with and support communities, monitor and report quarterly to the Scottish Government. 236